pt_BR.po revision f45a20d6ba9e8d695ec3ab707f0cc082999aa4a3
# Marco Aurélio Krause <ouesten@me.com>, 2015. #zanata
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sssd-docs 1.12.90\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sssd-devel@redhat.com\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-06-20 21:22+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 08:16-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Marco Aurélio Krause <ouesten@me.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil)\n"
"Language: pt-BR\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: Zanata 3.8.4\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n"
#. type: Content of: <reference><title>
msgid "SSSD Manual pages"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_groupmod.8.xml:10 sss_groupmod.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_groupmod"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_groupmod.8.xml:16
msgid "modify a group"
msgstr "Modificar um grupo"
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_groupmod.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
"arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIÇÃO"
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_groupmod.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_groupmod</command> modifies the group to reflect the changes "
"that are specified on the command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPÇÕES"
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_groupmod.8.xml:43 sss_usermod.8.xml:77
msgid ""
"<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_groupmod.8.xml:48
msgid ""
"Append this group to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
"replaceable> parameter. The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter is "
"a comma separated list of group names."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_groupmod.8.xml:57 sss_usermod.8.xml:91
msgid ""
"<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_groupmod.8.xml:62
msgid ""
"Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
"replaceable> parameter."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:10 sssd.conf.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd.conf"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:11 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:27
msgid "5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:12 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:28
msgid "File Formats and Conventions"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:17
msgid "the configuration file for SSSD"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:21
msgid "FILE FORMAT"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:29
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n"
"<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n"
"<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:24
msgid ""
"The file has an ini-style syntax and consists of sections and parameters. A "
"section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues "
"until the next section begins. An example of section with single and multi-"
"valued parameters: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:36
msgid ""
"The data types used are string (no quotes needed), integer and bool (with "
"values of <quote>TRUE/FALSE</quote>)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:41
msgid ""
"A line comment starts with a hash sign (<quote>#</quote>) or a semicolon "
"(<quote>;</quote>). Inline comments are not supported."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:47
msgid ""
"All sections can have an optional <replaceable>description</replaceable> "
"parameter. Its function is only as a label for the section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:53
msgid ""
"<filename>sssd.conf</filename> must be a regular file, owned by root and "
"only root may read from or write to the file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:59
msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:61
msgid "Following options are usable in more than one configuration sections."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:65
msgid "Options usable in all sections"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:69
msgid "debug_level (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:73
msgid "debug (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:76
msgid ""
"SSSD 1.14 and later also includes the <replaceable>debug</replaceable> alias "
"for <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> as a convenience feature. If both "
"are specified, the value of <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> will be "
"used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:86
msgid "debug_timestamps (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:89
msgid ""
"Add a timestamp to the debug messages. If journald is enabled for SSSD "
"debug logging this option is ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "Default: true"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:99
msgid "debug_microseconds (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:102
msgid ""
"Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages. If journald is enabled "
"for SSSD debug logging this option is ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:300 sssd-krb5.5.xml:471
msgid "Default: false"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:116
msgid "Options usable in SERVICE and DOMAIN sections"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:120
msgid "timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:123
msgid ""
"Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service. This is used to "
"ensure that the process is alive and capable of answering requests."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:264
msgid "Default: 10"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:138
msgid "SPECIAL SECTIONS"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:141
msgid "The [sssd] section"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:150 sssd.conf.5.xml:2472
msgid "Section parameters"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:152
msgid "config_file_version (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:155
msgid ""
"Indicates what is the syntax of the config file. SSSD 0.6.0 and later use "
"version 2."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:161
msgid "services"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:164
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:168
msgid ""
"Supported services: nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, sudo</phrase> "
"<phrase condition=\"with_autofs\">, autofs</phrase> <phrase condition="
"\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_pac_responder\">, pac</"
"phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:178 sssd.conf.5.xml:468
msgid "reconnection_retries (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:181 sssd.conf.5.xml:471
msgid ""
"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
"Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:186 sssd.conf.5.xml:476
msgid "Default: 3"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:191
msgid "domains"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:194
msgid ""
"A domain is a database containing user information. SSSD can use more "
"domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't "
"start. This parameter described the list of domains in the order you want "
"them to be queried. A domain name should only consist of alphanumeric ASCII "
"characters, dashes, dots and underscores."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:206 sssd.conf.5.xml:2105
msgid "re_expression (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:209
msgid ""
"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
"user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:214
msgid ""
"Each domain can have an individual regular expression configured. For some "
"ID providers there are also default regular expressions. See DOMAIN "
"SECTIONS for more info on these regular expressions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:223 sssd.conf.5.xml:2156
msgid "full_name_format (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:226 sssd.conf.5.xml:2159
msgid ""
"A <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>-compatible format that describes how to compose a "
"fully qualified name from user name and domain name components."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:237 sssd.conf.5.xml:2170
msgid "%1$s"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:238 sssd.conf.5.xml:2171
msgid "user name"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:241 sssd.conf.5.xml:2174
msgid "%2$s"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:244 sssd.conf.5.xml:2177
msgid "domain name as specified in the SSSD config file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:250 sssd.conf.5.xml:2183
msgid "%3$s"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:253 sssd.conf.5.xml:2186
msgid ""
"domain flat name. Mostly usable for Active Directory domains, both directly "
"configured or discovered via IPA trusts."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:234 sssd.conf.5.xml:2167
msgid ""
"The following expansions are supported: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:263
msgid ""
"Each domain can have an individual format string configured. see DOMAIN "
"SECTIONS for more info on this option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:269
msgid "try_inotify (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:272
msgid ""
"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update "
"its internal DNS resolver. By default, we will attempt to use inotify for "
"this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if "
"inotify cannot be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:280
msgid ""
"There are some limited situations where it is preferred that we should skip "
"even trying to use inotify. In these rare cases, this option should be set "
"to 'false'"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:286
msgid ""
"Default: true on platforms where inotify is supported. False on other "
"platforms."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:290
msgid ""
"Note: this option will have no effect on platforms where inotify is "
"unavailable. On these platforms, polling will always be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:297
msgid "krb5_rcache_dir (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:300
msgid ""
"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
"files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:304
msgid ""
"This option accepts a special value __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ that will instruct "
"SSSD to let libkrb5 decide the appropriate location for the replay cache."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:310
msgid ""
"Default: Distribution-specific and specified at build-time. "
"(__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ if not configured)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:317
msgid "user (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:320
msgid ""
"The user to drop the privileges to where appropriate to avoid running as the "
"root user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:325
msgid "Default: not set, process will run as root"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:330
msgid "default_domain_suffix (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:333
msgid ""
"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
"domain name component. The main use case is environments where the primary "
"domain is intended for managing host policies and all users are located in a "
"trusted domain. The option allows those users to log in just with their "
"user name without giving a domain name as well."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:343
msgid ""
"Please note that if this option is set all users from the primary domain "
"have to use their fully qualified name, e.g. user@domain.name, to log in. "
"Setting this option changes default of use_fully_qualified_names to True. It "
"is not allowed to use this option together with use_fully_qualified_names "
"set to False."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "Default: not set"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:357
msgid "override_space (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:360
msgid ""
"This parameter will replace spaces (space bar) with the given character for "
"user and group names. e.g. (_). User name "john doe" will be "
""john_doe" This feature was added to help compatibility with shell "
"scripts that have difficulty handling spaces, due to the default field "
"separator in the shell."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:369
msgid ""
"Please note it is a configuration error to use a replacement character that "
"might be used in user or group names. If a name contains the replacement "
"character SSSD tries to return the unmodified name but in general the result "
"of a lookup is undefined."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:377
msgid "Default: not set (spaces will not be replaced)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:382
msgid "certificate_verification (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:390
msgid "no_ocsp"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:392
msgid ""
"Disables Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) checks. This might be "
"needed if the OCSP servers defined in the certificate are not reachable from "
"the client."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:400
msgid "no_verification"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:402
msgid ""
"Disables verification completely. This option should only be used for "
"testing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:408
msgid "ocsp_default_responder=URL"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:410
msgid ""
"Sets the OCSP default responder which should be used instead of the one "
"mentioned in the certificate. URL must be replaced with the URL of the OCSP "
"default responder e.g. http://example.com:80/ocsp."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:416
msgid ""
"This option must be used together with ocsp_default_responder_signing_cert."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:424
msgid "ocsp_default_responder_signing_cert=NAME"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:426
msgid ""
"The nickname of the cert to trust (expected) to sign the OCSP responses. "
"The certificate with the given nickname must be availble in the systems NSS "
"database."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:431
msgid "This option must be used together with ocsp_default_responder."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:385
msgid ""
"With this parameter the certificate verification can be tuned with a comma "
"separated list of options. Supported options are: <placeholder type="
"\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:438
msgid "Unknown options are reported but ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:441
msgid "Default: not set, i.e. do not restrict certificate vertification"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:143
msgid ""
"Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD "
"services that are started and stopped together with SSSD. The services are "
"managed by a special service frequently called <quote>monitor</quote>. The "
"<quote>[sssd]</quote> section is used to configure the monitor as well as "
"some other important options like the identity domains. <placeholder type="
"\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:453
msgid "SERVICES SECTIONS"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:455
msgid ""
"Settings that can be used to configure different services are described in "
"this section. They should reside in the [<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] "
"section, for example, for NSS service, the section would be <quote>[nss]</"
"quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:462
msgid "General service configuration options"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:464
msgid "These options can be used to configure any service."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:481
msgid "fd_limit"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:484
msgid ""
"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
"opened at one time by this SSSD process. On systems where SSSD is granted "
"the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability, this will be an absolute setting. On "
"systems without this capability, the resulting value will be the lower value "
"of this or the limits.conf \"hard\" limit."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:493
msgid "Default: 8192 (or limits.conf \"hard\" limit)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:498
msgid "client_idle_timeout"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:501
msgid ""
"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it. This value is "
"limited in order to avoid resource exhaustion on the system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1237
msgid "Default: 60"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:513 sssd.conf.5.xml:1417
msgid "force_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:516 sssd.conf.5.xml:1420
msgid ""
"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the <quote>timeout</"
"quote> option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to "
"quit gracefully. If the service does not terminate after "
"<quote>force_timeout</quote> seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down "
"by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:529
msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:532
msgid ""
"When SSSD switches to offline mode the amount of time before it tries to go "
"back online will increase based upon the time spent disconnected. This "
"value is in seconds and calculated by the following:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:539
msgid "offline_timeout + random_offset"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:542
msgid ""
"The random offset can increment up to 30 seconds. After each unsuccessful "
"attempt to go online, the new interval is recalculated by the following:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:547
msgid "new_interval = old_interval*2 + random_offset"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:550
msgid ""
"Note that the maximum length of each interval is currently limited to one "
"hour. If the calculated length of new_interval is greater than an hour, it "
"will be forced to one hour."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:564
msgid "NSS configuration options"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:566
msgid ""
"These options can be used to configure the Name Service Switch (NSS) service."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:571
msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:574
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss cache enumerations (requests for info about "
"all users)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:578
msgid "Default: 120"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:583
msgid "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:586
msgid ""
"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
"for the domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:592
msgid ""
"For example, if the domain's entry_cache_timeout is set to 30s and "
"entry_cache_nowait_percentage is set to 50 (percent), entries that come in "
"after 15 seconds past the last cache update will be returned immediately, "
"but the SSSD will go and update the cache on its own, so that future "
"requests will not need to block waiting for a cache update."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:602
msgid ""
"Valid values for this option are 0-99 and represent a percentage of the "
"entry_cache_timeout for each domain. For performance reasons, this "
"percentage will never reduce the nowait timeout to less than 10 seconds. (0 "
"disables this feature)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:610
msgid "Default: 50"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:615
msgid "entry_negative_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:618
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) "
"before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:624 sssd.conf.5.xml:1185
msgid "Default: 15"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:629
msgid "local_negative_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:632
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should keep local users and groups in "
"negative cache before trying to look it up in the back end again."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "Default: 0"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:642
msgid "filter_users, filter_groups (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:645
msgid ""
"Exclude certain users or groups from being fetched from the sss NSS "
"database. This is particularly useful for system accounts. This option can "
"also be set per-domain or include fully-qualified names to filter only users "
"from the particular domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:652
msgid ""
"NOTE: The filter_groups option doesn't affect inheritance of nested group "
"members, since filtering happens after they are propagated for returning via "
"NSS. E.g. a group having a member group filtered out will still have the "
"member users of the latter listed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:660
msgid "Default: root"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:665
msgid "filter_users_in_groups (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:668
msgid ""
"If you want filtered user still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:679
msgid "fallback_homedir (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:682
msgid ""
"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
"explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:687
msgid ""
"The available values for this option are the same as for override_homedir."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:693
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:533 include/override_homedir.xml:55
msgid "example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:697
msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:703
msgid "override_shell (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:706
msgid ""
"Override the login shell for all users. This option supersedes any other "
"shell options if it takes effect and can be set either in the [nss] section "
"or per-domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:712
msgid "Default: not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:718
msgid "allowed_shells (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:721
msgid ""
"Restrict user shell to one of the listed values. The order of evaluation is:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:724
msgid "1. If the shell is present in <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, it is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:728
msgid ""
"2. If the shell is in the allowed_shells list but not in <quote>/etc/shells</"
"quote>, use the value of the shell_fallback parameter."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:733
msgid ""
"3. If the shell is not in the allowed_shells list and not in <quote>/etc/"
"shells</quote>, a nologin shell is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:738
msgid "The wildcard (*) can be used to allow any shell."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:741
msgid ""
"The (*) is useful if you want to use shell_fallback in case that user's "
"shell is not in <quote>/etc/shells</quote> and maintaining list of all "
"allowed shells in allowed_shells would be to much overhead."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:748
msgid "An empty string for shell is passed as-is to libc."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:751
msgid ""
"The <quote>/etc/shells</quote> is only read on SSSD start up, which means "
"that a restart of the SSSD is required in case a new shell is installed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:755
msgid "Default: Not set. The user shell is automatically used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:760
msgid "vetoed_shells (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:763
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:768
msgid "shell_fallback (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:771
msgid ""
"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:775
msgid "Default: /bin/sh"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:780
msgid "default_shell"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:783
msgid ""
"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup. "
"This option can be specified globally in the [nss] section or per-domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:789
msgid ""
"Default: not set (Return NULL if no shell is specified and rely on libc to "
"substitute something sensible when necessary, usually /bin/sh)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:796 sssd.conf.5.xml:988
msgid "get_domains_timeout (int)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:799 sssd.conf.5.xml:991
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
"considered valid."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:808
msgid "memcache_timeout (int)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:811
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
"valid."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "Default: 300"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:818
msgid ""
"NOTE: If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", "
"client applications will not use the fast in-memory cache."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:826 sssd-ifp.5.xml:74
msgid "user_attributes (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:829
msgid ""
"Some of the additional NSS responder requests can return more attributes "
"than just the POSIX ones defined by the NSS interface. The list of "
"attributes is controlled by this option. It is handled the same way as the "
"<quote>user_attributes</quote> option of the InfoPipe responder (see "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) but with no default values."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:842
msgid ""
"To make configuration more easy the NSS responder will check the InfoPipe "
"option if it is not set for the NSS responder."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:847
msgid "Default: not set, fallback to InfoPipe option"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:854
msgid "PAM configuration options"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:856
msgid ""
"These options can be used to configure the Pluggable Authentication Module "
"(PAM) service."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:861
msgid "offline_credentials_expiration (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:864
msgid ""
"If the authentication provider is offline, how long should we allow cached "
"logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:869 sssd.conf.5.xml:882
msgid "Default: 0 (No limit)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:875
msgid "offline_failed_login_attempts (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:878
msgid ""
"If the authentication provider is offline, how many failed login attempts "
"are allowed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:888
msgid "offline_failed_login_delay (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:891
msgid ""
"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:896
msgid ""
"If set to 0 the user cannot authenticate offline if "
"offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached. Only a successful online "
"authentication can enable offline authentication again."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:902 sssd.conf.5.xml:955
msgid "Default: 5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:908
msgid "pam_verbosity (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:911
msgid ""
"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication. "
"The higher the number to more messages are displayed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:916
msgid "Currently sssd supports the following values:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:919
msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: do not show any message"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:922
msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: show only important messages"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:926
msgid "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: show informational messages"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:929
msgid "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: show all messages and debug information"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:933 sssd.8.xml:63
msgid "Default: 1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:938
msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:941
msgid ""
"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:947
msgid ""
"A complete PAM conversation may perform multiple PAM requests, such as "
"account management and session opening. This option controls (on a per-"
"client-application basis) how long (in seconds) we can cache the identity "
"information to avoid excessive round-trips to the identity provider."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:961
msgid "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:964 sssd.conf.5.xml:1631
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:967
msgid ""
"Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
"expiration time of the password. If this information is missing, sssd "
"cannot display a warning."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:973 sssd.conf.5.xml:1634
msgid ""
"If zero is set, then this filter is not applied, i.e. if the expiration "
"warning was received from backend server, it will automatically be displayed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:978
msgid ""
"This setting can be overridden by setting <emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</"
"emphasis> for a particular domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1000
msgid "pam_trusted_users (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1003
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
"allowed to run PAM conversations against trusted domains. Users not "
"included in this list can only access domains marked as public with "
"<quote>pam_public_domains</quote>. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
"startup."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1013
msgid "Default: All users are considered trusted by default"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1017
msgid ""
"Please note that UID 0 is always allowed to access the PAM responder even in "
"case it is not in the pam_trusted_users list."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1024
msgid "pam_public_domains (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1027
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of domain names that are accessible even "
"to untrusted users."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1031
msgid "Two special values for pam_public_domains option are defined:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1035
msgid ""
"all (Untrusted users are allowed to access all domains in PAM responder.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1039
msgid ""
"none (Untrusted users are not allowed to access any domains PAM in "
"responder.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "Default: none"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1048
msgid "pam_account_expired_message (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1051
msgid ""
"Allows a custom expiration message to be set, replacing the default "
"'Permission denied' message."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1056
msgid ""
"Note: Please be aware that message is only printed for the SSH service "
"unless pam_verbostiy is set to 3 (show all messages and debug information)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1064
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pam_account_expired_message = Account expired, please contact help desk.\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1073
msgid "pam_account_locked_message (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1076
msgid ""
"Allows a custom lockout message to be set, replacing the default 'Permission "
"denied' message."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1083
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pam_account_locked_message = Account locked, please contact help desk.\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1092
msgid "pam_cert_auth (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1095
msgid ""
"Enable certificate based Smartcard authentication. Since this requires "
"additional communication with the Smartcard which will delay the "
"authentication process this option is disabled by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:244
msgid "Default: False"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1106
msgid "pam_cert_db_path (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1109
msgid ""
"The path to the certificate database which contain the PKCS#11 modules to "
"access the Smartcard."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1113
msgid "Default: /etc/pki/nssdb (NSS version)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1118
msgid "p11_child_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1121
msgid "How many seconds will pam_sss wait for p11_child to finish."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1134
msgid "SUDO configuration options"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1136
msgid ""
"These options can be used to configure the sudo service. The detailed "
"instructions for configuration of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to work with "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry> are in the manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1153
msgid "sudo_timed (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1156
msgid ""
"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1169
msgid "AUTOFS configuration options"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1171
msgid "These options can be used to configure the autofs service."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1175
msgid "autofs_negative_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1178
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds should the autofs responder negative cache "
"hits (that is, queries for invalid map entries, like nonexistent ones) "
"before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1194
msgid "SSH configuration options"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1196
msgid "These options can be used to configure the SSH service."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1200
msgid "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1203
msgid ""
"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
"file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1212
msgid "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1215
msgid ""
"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
"host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1219
msgid "Default: 180"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1224
msgid "ca_db (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1227
msgid ""
"Path to a storage of trusted CA certificates. The option is used to validate "
"user certificates before deriving public ssh keys from them."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1232
msgid "Default: /etc/pki/nssdb"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1240
msgid "PAC responder configuration options"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1242
msgid ""
"The PAC responder works together with the authorization data plugin for MIT "
"Kerberos sssd_pac_plugin.so and a sub-domain provider. The plugin sends the "
"PAC data during a GSSAPI authentication to the PAC responder. The sub-domain "
"provider collects domain SID and ID ranges of the domain the client is "
"joined to and of remote trusted domains from the local domain controller. "
"If the PAC is decoded and evaluated some of the following operations are "
"done:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1251
msgid ""
"If the remote user does not exist in the cache, it is created. The uid is "
"determined with the help of the SID, trusted domains will have UPGs and the "
"gid will have the same value as the uid. The home directory is set based on "
"the subdomain_homedir parameter. The shell will be empty by default, i.e. "
"the system defaults are used, but can be overwritten with the default_shell "
"parameter."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1259
msgid ""
"If there are SIDs of groups from domains sssd knows about, the user will be "
"added to those groups."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1265
msgid "These options can be used to configure the PAC responder."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1269 sssd-ifp.5.xml:50
msgid "allowed_uids (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1272
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
"allowed to access the PAC responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
"startup."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1278
msgid "Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the PAC responder)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1282
msgid ""
"Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
"overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
"access the PAC responder, which would be the typical case, you have to add 0 "
"to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1291
msgid "pac_lifetime (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1294
msgid ""
"Lifetime of the PAC entry in seconds. As long as the PAC is valid the PAC "
"data can be used to determine the group memberships of a user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1309
msgid "DOMAIN SECTIONS"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1316
msgid "min_id,max_id (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1319
msgid ""
"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
"outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1324
msgid ""
"For users, this affects the primary GID limit. The user will not be returned "
"to NSS if either the UID or the primary GID is outside the range. For non-"
"primary group memberships, those that are in range will be reported as "
"expected."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1331
msgid ""
"These ID limits affect even saving entries to cache, not only returning them "
"by name or ID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1335
msgid "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1341
msgid "enumerate (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1344
msgid ""
"Determines if a domain can be enumerated. This parameter can have one of the "
"following values:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1348
msgid "TRUE = Users and groups are enumerated"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1351
msgid "FALSE = No enumerations for this domain"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "Default: FALSE"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1357
msgid ""
"Note: Enabling enumeration has a moderate performance impact on SSSD while "
"enumeration is running. It may take up to several minutes after SSSD startup "
"to fully complete enumerations. During this time, individual requests for "
"information will go directly to LDAP, though it may be slow, due to the "
"heavy enumeration processing. Saving a large number of entries to cache "
"after the enumeration completes might also be CPU intensive as the "
"memberships have to be recomputed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1370
msgid ""
"While the first enumeration is running, requests for the complete user or "
"group lists may return no results until it completes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1375
msgid ""
"Further, enabling enumeration may increase the time necessary to detect "
"network disconnection, as longer timeouts are required to ensure that "
"enumeration lookups are completed successfully. For more information, refer "
"to the man pages for the specific id_provider in use."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1383
msgid ""
"For the reasons cited above, enabling enumeration is not recommended, "
"especially in large environments."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1391
msgid "subdomain_enumerate (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1398
msgid "all"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1399
msgid "All discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1402
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1403
msgid "No discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1394
msgid ""
"Whether any of autodetected trusted domains should be enumerated. The "
"supported values are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> "
"Optionally, a list of one or more domain names can enable enumeration just "
"for these trusted domains."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1434
msgid "entry_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1437
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider entries valid before asking the "
"backend again"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1441
msgid ""
"The cache expiration timestamps are stored as attributes of individual "
"objects in the cache. Therefore, changing the cache timeout only has effect "
"for newly added or expired entries. You should run the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> tool in order to force refresh of entries that have already "
"been cached."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1454
msgid "Default: 5400"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1460
msgid "entry_cache_user_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1463
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider user entries valid before asking "
"the backend again"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1547
msgid "Default: entry_cache_timeout"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1473
msgid "entry_cache_group_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1476
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider group entries valid before asking "
"the backend again"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1486
msgid "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1489
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider netgroup entries valid before "
"asking the backend again"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1499
msgid "entry_cache_service_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1502
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider service entries valid before asking "
"the backend again"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1512
msgid "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1515
msgid ""
"How many seconds should sudo consider rules valid before asking the backend "
"again"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1525
msgid "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1528
msgid ""
"How many seconds should the autofs service consider automounter maps valid "
"before asking the backend again"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1539
msgid "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1542
msgid ""
"How many seconds to keep a host ssh key after refresh. IE how long to cache "
"the host key for."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1553
msgid "refresh_expired_interval (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1556
msgid ""
"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before triggering a background "
"refresh task which will refresh all expired or nearly expired records."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1561
msgid ""
"The background refresh will process users, groups and netgroups in the cache."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1565
msgid "You can consider setting this value to 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "Default: 0 (disabled)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1575
msgid "cache_credentials (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1578
msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1582
msgid "User credentials are stored in a SHA512 hash, not in plaintext"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1592
msgid "cache_credentials_minimal_first_factor_length (int)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1595
msgid ""
"If 2-Factor-Authentication (2FA) is used and credentials should be saved "
"this value determines the minimal length the first authentication factor "
"(long term password) must have to be saved as SHA512 hash into the cache."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1602
msgid ""
"This should avoid that the short PINs of a PIN based 2FA scheme are saved in "
"the cache which would make them easy targets for brute-force attacks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1607
msgid "Default: 8"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1613
msgid "account_cache_expiration (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1616
msgid ""
"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
"being removed during a cleanup of the cache. 0 means keep forever. The "
"value of this parameter must be greater than or equal to "
"offline_credentials_expiration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1623
msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1628
msgid "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1639
msgid ""
"Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
"expiration time of the password. If this information is missing, sssd "
"cannot display a warning. Also an auth provider has to be configured for the "
"backend."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1646
msgid "Default: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1652
msgid "id_provider (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1655
msgid ""
"The identification provider used for the domain. Supported ID providers are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1659
msgid "<quote>proxy</quote>: Support a legacy NSS provider"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1662 sssd.conf.5.xml:1799
msgid "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1666
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote>: LDAP provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
"information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1897
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management "
"provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
"FreeIPA."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1906
msgid ""
"<quote>ad</quote>: Active Directory provider. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring Active Directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1694
msgid "use_fully_qualified_names (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1697
msgid ""
"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
"as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1702
msgid ""
"If set to TRUE, all requests to this domain must use fully qualified names. "
"For example, if used in LOCAL domain that contains a \"test\" user, "
"<command>getent passwd test</command> wouldn't find the user while "
"<command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> would."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1710
msgid ""
"NOTE: This option has no effect on netgroup lookups due to their tendency to "
"include nested netgroups without qualified names. For netgroups, all domains "
"will be searched when an unqualified name is requested."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1717
msgid "Default: FALSE (TRUE if default_domain_suffix is used)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1723
msgid "ignore_group_members (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1726
msgid "Do not return group members for group lookups."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1729
msgid ""
"If set to TRUE, the group membership attribute is not requested from the "
"ldap server, and group members are not returned when processing group lookup "
"calls, such as <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getgrnam</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> or <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>getgrgid</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>. As an effect, <quote>getent group $groupname</quote> would "
"return the requested group as if it was empty."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1747
msgid ""
"Enabling this option can also make access provider checks for group "
"membership significantly faster, especially for groups containing many "
"members."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1758
msgid "auth_provider (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1761
msgid ""
"The authentication provider used for the domain. Supported auth providers "
"are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1765 sssd.conf.5.xml:1827
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> for native LDAP authentication. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1772
msgid ""
"<quote>krb5</quote> for Kerberos authentication. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1796
msgid ""
"<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1803
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables authentication explicitly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1806
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
"authentication requests."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1812
msgid "access_provider (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1815
msgid ""
"The access control provider used for the domain. There are two built-in "
"access providers (in addition to any included in installed backends) "
"Internal special providers are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1821
msgid ""
"<quote>permit</quote> always allow access. It's the only permitted access "
"provider for a local domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1824
msgid "<quote>deny</quote> always deny access."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1851
msgid ""
"<quote>simple</quote> access control based on access or deny lists. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the simple "
"access module."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1858
msgid ""
"<quote>krb5</quote>: .k5login based access control. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1865
msgid "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying access control to another PAM module."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1868
msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1873
msgid "chpass_provider (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1876
msgid ""
"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain. "
"Supported change password providers are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1881
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> to change a password stored in a LDAP server. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1889
msgid ""
"<quote>krb5</quote> to change the Kerberos password. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1914
msgid ""
"<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying password changes to some other PAM target."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1918
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows password changes explicitly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1921
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>auth_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
"change password requests."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1928
msgid "sudo_provider (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1931
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain. Supported SUDO providers are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1935
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> for rules stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1943
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with IPA default "
"settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1947
msgid ""
"<quote>ad</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with AD default "
"settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1951
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables SUDO explicitly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2098
msgid "Default: The value of <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1958
msgid ""
"The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
"manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>. There are many configuration "
"options that can be used to adjust the behavior. Please refer to "
"\"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1975
msgid "selinux_provider (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1978
msgid ""
"The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings. Note that this "
"provider will be called right after access provider ends. Supported selinux "
"providers are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1984
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> to load selinux settings from an IPA server. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1992
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching selinux settings explicitly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1995
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
"selinux loading requests."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2001
msgid "subdomains_provider (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2004
msgid ""
"The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains. This value should "
"be always the same as id_provider. Supported subdomain providers are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2010
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an IPA server. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2019
msgid ""
"<quote>ad</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an Active Directory "
"server. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
"the AD provider."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2028
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching subdomains explicitly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2039
msgid "autofs_provider (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2042
msgid ""
"The autofs provider used for the domain. Supported autofs providers are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2046
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> to load maps stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2053
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> to load maps stored in an IPA server. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2061
msgid ""
"<quote>ad</quote> to load maps stored in an AD server. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD provider."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2070
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables autofs explicitly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2080
msgid "hostid_provider (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2083
msgid ""
"The provider used for retrieving host identity information. Supported "
"hostid providers are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2087
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> to load host identity stored in an IPA server. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2095
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables hostid explicitly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2108
msgid ""
"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
"containing user name and domain into these components. The \"domain\" can "
"match either the SSSD configuration domain name, or, in the case of IPA "
"trust subdomains and Active Directory domains, the flat (NetBIOS) name of "
"the domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2117
msgid ""
"Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>(((?P<domain>[^\\\\]+)\\"
"\\(?P<name>.+$))|((?P<name>[^@]+)@(?P<domain>.+$))|(^(?"
"P<name>[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> which allows three different styles for "
"user names:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2122
msgid "username"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2125
msgid "username@domain.name"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2128
msgid "domain\\username"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2131
msgid ""
"While the first two correspond to the general default the third one is "
"introduced to allow easy integration of users from Windows domains."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2136
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>(?P<name>[^@]+)@?(?P<domain>[^@]*$)</quote> "
"which translates to \"the name is everything up to the <quote>@</quote> "
"sign, the domain everything after that\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2142
msgid ""
"PLEASE NOTE: the support for non-unique named subpatterns is not available "
"on all platforms (e.g. RHEL5 and SLES10). Only platforms with libpcre "
"version 7 or higher can support non-unique named subpatterns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2149
msgid ""
"PLEASE NOTE ALSO: older version of libpcre only support the Python syntax (?"
"P<name>) to label subpatterns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2196
msgid "Default: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2202
msgid "lookup_family_order (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2205
msgid ""
"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
"performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2209
msgid "Supported values:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2212
msgid "ipv4_first: Try looking up IPv4 address, if that fails, try IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2215
msgid "ipv4_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv4 addresses."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2218
msgid "ipv6_first: Try looking up IPv6 address, if that fails, try IPv4"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2221
msgid "ipv6_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv6 addresses."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2224
msgid "Default: ipv4_first"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2230
msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2233
msgid ""
"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS "
"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable. If this timeout is reached, "
"the domain will continue to operate in offline mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1281 sssd-krb5.5.xml:248
msgid "Default: 6"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2245
msgid "dns_discovery_domain (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2248
msgid ""
"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
"the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2252
msgid "Default: Use the domain part of machine's hostname"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2258
msgid "override_gid (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2261
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2267
msgid "case_sensitive (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2275
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2278
msgid "Case sensitive. This value is invalid for AD provider."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2284
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2286
msgid "Case insensitive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2290
msgid "Preserving"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2293
msgid ""
"Same as False (case insensitive), but does not lowercase names in the result "
"of NSS operations. Note that name aliases (and in case of services also "
"protocol names) are still lowercased in the output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2270
msgid ""
"Treat user and group names as case sensitive. At the moment, this option is "
"not supported in the local provider. Possible option values are: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2305
msgid "Default: True (False for AD provider)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2311
msgid "subdomain_inherit (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2314
msgid ""
"Specifies a list of configuration parameters that should be inherited by a "
"subdomain. Please note that only selected parameters can be inherited. "
"Currently the following options can be inherited:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2320
msgid "ignore_group_members"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2323
msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2326 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1054
msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2329
msgid "ldap_user_principal"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2332
msgid ""
"ldap_krb5_keytab (the value of krb5_keytab will be used if ldap_krb5_keytab "
"is not set explicitly)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2338
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2336
msgid "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2345
msgid "Note: This option only works with the IPA and AD provider."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2352
msgid "subdomain_homedir (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2363
msgid "%F"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2364
msgid "flat (NetBIOS) name of a subdomain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2355
msgid ""
"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain in "
"IPA AD trust. See <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> for info about "
"possible values. In addition to those, the expansion below can only be used "
"with <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>. <placeholder type="
"\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2369
msgid ""
"The value can be overridden by <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2373
msgid "Default: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2378
msgid "realmd_tags (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2381
msgid ""
"Various tags stored by the realmd configuration service for this domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2387
msgid "cached_auth_timeout (int)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2390
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds since last successful online authentication for "
"which user will be authenticated using cached credentials while SSSD is in "
"the online mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2396
msgid "Special value 0 implies that this feature is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2400
msgid ""
"Please note that if <quote>cached_auth_timeout</quote> is longer than "
"<quote>pam_id_timeout</quote> then the back end could be called to handle "
"<quote>initgroups.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1311
msgid ""
"These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration "
"section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</"
"replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2418
msgid "proxy_pam_target (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2421
msgid "The proxy target PAM proxies to."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2424
msgid ""
"Default: not set by default, you have to take an existing pam configuration "
"or create a new one and add the service name here."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2432
msgid "proxy_lib_name (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2435
msgid ""
"The name of the NSS library to use in proxy domains. The NSS functions "
"searched for in the library are in the form of _nss_$(libName)_$(function), "
"for example _nss_files_getpwent."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2445
msgid "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2448
msgid ""
"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
"lookup by ID is performed to \"canonicalize\" the name in case the requested "
"name was an alias. Setting this option to true would cause the SSSD to "
"perform the ID lookup from cache for performance reasons."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2414
msgid ""
"Options valid for proxy domains. <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id="
"\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2465
msgid "The local domain section"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2467
msgid ""
"This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in "
"SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses "
"<replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2474
msgid "default_shell (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2477
msgid "The default shell for users created with SSSD userspace tools."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2481
msgid "Default: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2486
msgid "base_directory (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2489
msgid ""
"The tools append the login name to <replaceable>base_directory</replaceable> "
"and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2494
msgid "Default: <filename>/home</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2499
msgid "create_homedir (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2502
msgid ""
"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users. "
"Can be overridden on command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2506 sssd.conf.5.xml:2518
msgid "Default: TRUE"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2511
msgid "remove_homedir (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2514
msgid ""
"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted "
"users. Can be overridden on command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2523
msgid "homedir_umask (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2526
msgid ""
"Used by <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to specify the default permissions "
"on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2534
msgid "Default: 077"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2539
msgid "skel_dir (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2542
msgid ""
"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2552
msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2557
msgid "mail_dir (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2560
msgid ""
"The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the mailbox when its "
"corresponding user account is modified or deleted. If not specified, a "
"default value is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2567
msgid "Default: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2572
msgid "userdel_cmd (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2575
msgid ""
"The command that is run after a user is removed. The command us passed the "
"username of the user being removed as the first and only parameter. The "
"return code of the command is not taken into account."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2581
msgid "Default: None, no command is run"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:98
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2597
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[sssd]\n"
"domains = LDAP\n"
"services = nss, pam\n"
"config_file_version = 2\n"
"\n"
"[nss]\n"
"filter_groups = root\n"
"filter_users = root\n"
"\n"
"[pam]\n"
"\n"
"[domain/LDAP]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
"ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"auth_provider = krb5\n"
"krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
"krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"cache_credentials = true\n"
"\n"
"min_id = 10000\n"
"max_id = 20000\n"
"enumerate = False\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2593
msgid ""
"The following example shows a typical SSSD config. It does not describe "
"configuration of the domains themselves - refer to documentation on "
"configuring domains for more details. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-ldap"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD LDAP provider"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of LDAP domains for "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>. Refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for detailed syntax information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:35
msgid "You can configure SSSD to use more than one LDAP domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:38
msgid ""
"LDAP back end supports id, auth, access and chpass providers. If you want to "
"authenticate against an LDAP server either TLS/SSL or LDAPS is required. "
"<command>sssd</command> <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support authentication "
"over an unencrypted channel. If the LDAP server is used only as an identity "
"provider, an encrypted channel is not needed. Please refer to "
"<quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> config option for more information about "
"using LDAP as an access provider."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:63 sssd-ifp.5.xml:44
msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:60
msgid "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:63
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
"should connect in the order of preference. Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</"
"quote> section for more information on failover and server redundancy. If "
"neither option is specified, service discovery is enabled. For more "
"information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:70
msgid "The format of the URI must match the format defined in RFC 2732:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:73
msgid "ldap[s]://<host>[:port]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:76
msgid ""
"For explicit IPv6 addresses, <host> must be enclosed in brackets []"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:79
msgid "example: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:85
msgid "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:88
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user. "
"Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section for more information on "
"failover and server redundancy."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:95
msgid "To enable service discovery ldap_chpass_dns_service_name must be set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:99
msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:105
msgid "ldap_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:108
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:112
msgid ""
"Starting with SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD supports multiple search bases using the "
"syntax:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:116
msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:119
msgid "The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:122 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:18
msgid ""
"The filter must be a valid LDAP search filter as specified by http://www."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:137 sss_override.8.xml:234
msgid "Examples:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:129
msgid ""
"ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (which is equivalent to) "
"ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:134
msgid ""
"ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
"(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:137
msgid ""
"Note: It is unsupported to have multiple search bases which reference "
"identically-named objects (for example, groups with the same name in two "
"different search bases). This will lead to unpredictable behavior on client "
"machines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:144
msgid ""
"Default: If not set, the value of the defaultNamingContext or namingContexts "
"attribute from the RootDSE of the LDAP server is used. If "
"defaultNamingContext does not exist or has an empty value namingContexts is "
"used. The namingContexts attribute must have a single value with the DN of "
"the search base of the LDAP server to make this work. Multiple values are "
"are not supported."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:158
msgid "ldap_schema (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:161
msgid ""
"Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server. Depending on "
"the selected schema, the default attribute names retrieved from the servers "
"may vary. The way that some attributes are handled may also differ."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:168
msgid "Four schema types are currently supported:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:172
msgid "rfc2307"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:177
msgid "rfc2307bis"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:182
msgid "IPA"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:187
msgid "AD"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:193
msgid ""
"The main difference between these schema types is how group memberships are "
"recorded in the server. With rfc2307, group members are listed by name in "
"the <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute. With rfc2307bis and IPA, "
"group members are listed by DN and stored in the <emphasis>member</emphasis> "
"attribute. The AD schema type sets the attributes to correspond with Active "
"Directory 2008r2 values."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:203
msgid "Default: rfc2307"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:209
msgid "ldap_default_bind_dn (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:212
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:219
msgid "ldap_default_authtok_type (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:222
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:226
msgid "The two mechanisms currently supported are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:229
msgid "password"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:232
msgid "obfuscated_password"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:235
msgid "Default: password"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:241
msgid "ldap_default_authtok (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:244
msgid ""
"The authentication token of the default bind DN. Only clear text passwords "
"are currently supported."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:251
msgid "ldap_user_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:254
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:257
msgid "Default: posixAccount"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:263
msgid "ldap_user_name (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:266
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:270
msgid "Default: uid"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:276
msgid "ldap_user_uid_number (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:279
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:283
msgid "Default: uidNumber"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:289
msgid "ldap_user_gid_number (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:292
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:296 sssd-ldap.5.xml:863
msgid "Default: gidNumber"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:302
msgid "ldap_user_gecos (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:305
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:309
msgid "Default: gecos"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:315
msgid "ldap_user_home_directory (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:318
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:322
msgid "Default: homeDirectory"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:328
msgid "ldap_user_shell (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:331
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:335
msgid "Default: loginShell"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:341
msgid "ldap_user_uuid (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:344
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:348 sssd-ldap.5.xml:889
msgid ""
"Default: not set in the general case, objectGUID for AD and ipaUniqueID for "
"IPA"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:355
msgid "ldap_user_objectsid (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:358
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object. This "
"is usually only necessary for ActiveDirectory servers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:363 sssd-ldap.5.xml:904
msgid "Default: objectSid for ActiveDirectory, not set for other servers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:370
msgid "ldap_user_modify_timestamp (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
"parent object."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "Default: modifyTimestamp"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:383
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_last_change (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:386
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (date of "
"the last password change)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:396
msgid "Default: shadowLastChange"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:402
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_min (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:405
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (minimum "
"password age)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:414
msgid "Default: shadowMin"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:420
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_max (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:423
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (maximum "
"password age)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:432
msgid "Default: shadowMax"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:438
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_warning (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:441
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart "
"(password warning period)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:451
msgid "Default: shadowWarning"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:457
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_inactive (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:460
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart "
"(password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:470
msgid "Default: shadowInactive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:476
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_expire (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:479
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this "
"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:489
msgid "Default: shadowExpire"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:495
msgid "ldap_user_krb_last_pwd_change (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:498
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in "
"kerberos."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:504
msgid "Default: krbLastPwdChange"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:510
msgid "ldap_user_krb_password_expiration (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:513
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:519
msgid "Default: krbPasswordExpiration"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:525
msgid "ldap_user_ad_account_expires (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:528
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:533
msgid "Default: accountExpires"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:539
msgid "ldap_user_ad_user_account_control (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:542
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:547
msgid "Default: userAccountControl"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:553
msgid "ldap_ns_account_lock (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:556
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter "
"determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:561
msgid "Default: nsAccountLock"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:567
msgid "ldap_user_nds_login_disabled (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:570
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if "
"access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:574 sssd-ldap.5.xml:588
msgid "Default: loginDisabled"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:580
msgid "ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:583
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until "
"which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:594
msgid "ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:597
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the "
"hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:602
msgid "Default: loginAllowedTimeMap"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:608
msgid "ldap_user_principal (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:611
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name "
"(UPN)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:615
msgid "Default: krbPrincipalName"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:621
msgid "ldap_user_extra_attrs (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:624
msgid ""
"Comma-separated list of LDAP attributes that SSSD would fetch along with the "
"usual set of user attributes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:629
msgid ""
"The list can either contain LDAP attribute names only, or colon-separated "
"tuples of SSSD cache attribute name and LDAP attribute name. In case only "
"LDAP attribute name is specified, the attribute is saved to the cache "
"verbatim. Using a custom SSSD attribute name might be required by "
"environments that configure several SSSD domains with different LDAP schemas."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:639
msgid ""
"Please note that several attribute names are reserved by SSSD, notably the "
"<quote>name</quote> attribute. SSSD would report an error if any of the "
"reserved attribute names is used as an extra attribute name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:649
msgid "ldap_user_extra_attrs = telephoneNumber"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:652
msgid ""
"Save the <quote>telephoneNumber</quote> attribute from LDAP as "
"<quote>telephoneNumber</quote> to the cache."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:656
msgid "ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:659
msgid ""
"Save the <quote>telephoneNumber</quote> attribute from LDAP as <quote>phone</"
"quote> to the cache."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:669
msgid "ldap_user_ssh_public_key (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:672
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:676
msgid "Default: sshPublicKey"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:682
msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:685
msgid ""
"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
"fail. Set this option to a non-zero value if you want to use an upper-case "
"realm."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:698
msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:701
msgid ""
"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
"enumerated records."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:712
msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:715
msgid ""
"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
"space."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:721
msgid ""
"Setting this option to zero will disable the cache cleanup operation. Please "
"note that if enumeration is enabled, the cleanup task is required in order "
"to detect entries removed from the server and can't be disabled. By default, "
"the cleanup task will run every 3 hours with enumeration enabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:736
msgid "ldap_user_fullname (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:739
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "Default: cn"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:749
msgid "ldap_user_member_of (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:752
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:756
msgid "Default: memberOf"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:762
msgid "ldap_user_authorized_service (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:765
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will "
"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry "
"to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:772
msgid ""
"An explicit deny (!svc) is resolved first. Second, SSSD searches for "
"explicit allow (svc) and finally for allow_all (*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:777
msgid ""
"Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
"emphasis> include <quote>authorized_service</quote> in order for the "
"ldap_user_authorized_service option to work."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:784
msgid "Default: authorizedService"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:790
msgid "ldap_user_authorized_host (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:793
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the "
"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access "
"privilege."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:799
msgid ""
"An explicit deny (!host) is resolved first. Second, SSSD searches for "
"explicit allow (host) and finally for allow_all (*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:804
msgid ""
"Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
"emphasis> include <quote>host</quote> in order for the "
"ldap_user_authorized_host option to work."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:811
msgid "Default: host"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:817
msgid "ldap_user_certificate (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:820
msgid "Name of the LDAP attribute containing the X509 certificate of the user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:824
msgid "Default: no set in the general case, userCertificate;binary for IPA"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:831
msgid "ldap_group_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:834
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:837
msgid "Default: posixGroup"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:843
msgid "ldap_group_name (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:846
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:856
msgid "ldap_group_gid_number (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:859
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:869
msgid "ldap_group_member (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:872
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:876
msgid "Default: memberuid (rfc2307) / member (rfc2307bis)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:882
msgid "ldap_group_uuid (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:885
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:896
msgid "ldap_group_objectsid (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:899
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object. This "
"is usually only necessary for ActiveDirectory servers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:911
msgid "ldap_group_modify_timestamp (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:924
msgid "ldap_group_type (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:927
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains an integer value indicating the type of the "
"group and maybe other flags."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:932
msgid ""
"This attribute is currently only used by the AD provider to determine if a "
"group is a domain local groups and has to be filtered out for trusted "
"domains."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:938
msgid "Default: groupType in the AD provider, othewise not set"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:945
msgid "ldap_group_external_member (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:948
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that references group members that are defined in an "
"external domain. At the moment, only IPA's external members are supported."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:954
msgid "Default: ipaExternalMember in the IPA provider, otherwise unset."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:961
msgid "ldap_group_nesting_level (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:964
msgid ""
"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
"follow. This option has no effect on the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:971
msgid ""
"Note: This option specifies the guaranteed level of nested groups to be "
"processed for any lookup. However, nested groups beyond this limit "
"<emphasis>may be</emphasis> returned if previous lookups already resolved "
"the deeper nesting levels. Also, subsequent lookups for other groups may "
"enlarge the result set for original lookup if re-queried."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:980
msgid ""
"If ldap_group_nesting_level is set to 0 then no nested groups are processed "
"at all. However, when connected to Active-Directory Server 2008 and later "
"using <quote>id_provider=ad</quote> it is furthermore required to disable "
"usage of Token-Groups by setting ldap_use_tokengroups to false in order to "
"restrict group nesting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:989
msgid "Default: 2"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:995
msgid "ldap_groups_use_matching_rule_in_chain"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:998
msgid ""
"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with "
"complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1004
msgid ""
"In most common cases, it is best to leave this option disabled. It generally "
"only provides a performance increase on very complex nestings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1009 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1036
msgid ""
"If this option is enabled, SSSD will use it if it detects that the server "
"supports it during initial connection. So \"True\" here essentially means "
"\"auto-detect\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1015 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1042
msgid ""
"Note: This feature is currently known to work only with Active Directory "
"2008 R1 and later. See <ulink url=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/"
"windows/desktop/aa746475%28v=vs.85%29.aspx\"> MSDN(TM) documentation</ulink> "
"for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1027
msgid "ldap_initgroups_use_matching_rule_in_chain"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1030
msgid ""
"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when "
"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1057
msgid ""
"This options enables or disables use of Token-Groups attribute when "
"performing initgroup for users from Active Directory Server 2008 and later."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1062
msgid "Default: True for AD and IPA otherwise False."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1068
msgid "ldap_netgroup_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1071
msgid "The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1074
msgid "In IPA provider, ipa_netgroup_object_class should be used instead."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1078
msgid "Default: nisNetgroup"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1084
msgid "ldap_netgroup_name (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1087
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1091
msgid "In IPA provider, ipa_netgroup_name should be used instead."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1101
msgid "ldap_netgroup_member (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1104
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1108
msgid "In IPA provider, ipa_netgroup_member should be used instead."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1112
msgid "Default: memberNisNetgroup"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1118
msgid "ldap_netgroup_triple (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1121
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1125 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1141
msgid "This option is not available in IPA provider."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1128
msgid "Default: nisNetgroupTriple"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1134
msgid "ldap_netgroup_modify_timestamp (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1150
msgid "ldap_service_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1153
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1156
msgid "Default: ipService"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1162
msgid "ldap_service_name (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1165
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their "
"aliases."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1175
msgid "ldap_service_port (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1178
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1182
msgid "Default: ipServicePort"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1188
msgid "ldap_service_proto (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1191
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1195
msgid "Default: ipServiceProtocol"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1201
msgid "ldap_service_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1206
msgid "ldap_search_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1209
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
"is entered)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1215
msgid ""
"Note: this option is subject to change in future versions of the SSSD. It "
"will likely be replaced at some point by a series of timeouts for specific "
"lookup types."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1227
msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1230
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
"are returned (and offline mode is entered)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1243
msgid "ldap_network_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1246
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry>/"
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> following a <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1269
msgid "ldap_opt_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1272
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
"will abort if no response is received. Also controls the timeout when "
"communicating with the KDC in case of SASL bind, the timeout of an LDAP bind "
"operation, password change extended operation and the StartTLS operation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1287
msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1290
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
"maintained. After this time, the connection will be re-established. If used "
"in parallel with SASL/GSSAPI, the sooner of the two values (this value vs. "
"the TGT lifetime) will be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1298 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2367
msgid "Default: 900 (15 minutes)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1304
msgid "ldap_page_size (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1307
msgid ""
"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1312
msgid "Default: 1000"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1318
msgid "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1321
msgid ""
"Disable the LDAP paging control. This option should be used if the LDAP "
"server reports that it supports the LDAP paging control in its RootDSE but "
"it is not enabled or does not behave properly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1327
msgid ""
"Example: OpenLDAP servers with the paging control module installed on the "
"server but not enabled will report it in the RootDSE but be unable to use it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1333
msgid ""
"Example: 389 DS has a bug where it can only support a one paging control at "
"a time on a single connection. On busy clients, this can result in some "
"requests being denied."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1345
msgid "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1348
msgid "Disable Active Directory range retrieval."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1351
msgid ""
"Active Directory limits the number of members to be retrieved in a single "
"lookup using the MaxValRange policy (which defaults to 1500 members). If a "
"group contains more members, the reply would include an AD-specific range "
"extension. This option disables parsing of the range extension, therefore "
"large groups will appear as having no members."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1366
msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1369
msgid ""
"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
"security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
"option are defined by OpenLDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1375
msgid "Default: Use the system default (usually specified by ldap.conf)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1382
msgid "ldap_deref_threshold (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1385
msgid ""
"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup. If less members are missing, "
"they are looked up individually."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1391
msgid ""
"You can turn off dereference lookups completely by setting the value to 0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1395
msgid ""
"A dereference lookup is a means of fetching all group members in a single "
"LDAP call. Different LDAP servers may implement different dereference "
"methods. The currently supported servers are 389/RHDS, OpenLDAP and Active "
"Directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1403
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> If any of the search bases specifies a search "
"filter, then the dereference lookup performance enhancement will be disabled "
"regardless of this setting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1416
msgid "ldap_tls_reqcert (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1419
msgid ""
"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if "
"any. It can be specified as one of the following values:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1425
msgid ""
"<emphasis>never</emphasis> = The client will not request or check any server "
"certificate."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1429
msgid ""
"<emphasis>allow</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
"certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
"is provided, it will be ignored and the session proceeds normally."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1436
msgid ""
"<emphasis>try</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
"certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
"is provided, the session is immediately terminated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1442
msgid ""
"<emphasis>demand</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
"certificate is provided, or a bad certificate is provided, the session is "
"immediately terminated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1448
msgid "<emphasis>hard</emphasis> = Same as <quote>demand</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1452
msgid "Default: hard"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1458
msgid "ldap_tls_cacert (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1461
msgid ""
"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
"Authorities that <command>sssd</command> will recognize."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Default: use OpenLDAP defaults, typically in <filename>/etc/openldap/ldap."
"conf</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1473
msgid "ldap_tls_cacertdir (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1476
msgid ""
"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
"certificates in separate individual files. Typically the file names need to "
"be the hash of the certificate followed by '.0'. If available, "
"<command>cacertdir_rehash</command> can be used to create the correct names."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1491
msgid "ldap_tls_cert (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1494
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1504
msgid "ldap_tls_key (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1507
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1516
msgid "ldap_tls_cipher_suite (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1519
msgid ""
"Specifies acceptable cipher suites. Typically this is a colon separated "
"list. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1532
msgid "ldap_id_use_start_tls (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1535
msgid ""
"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use <systemitem class="
"\"protocol\">tls</systemitem> to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1545
msgid "ldap_id_mapping (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1548
msgid ""
"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1554
msgid "Currently this feature supports only ActiveDirectory objectSID mapping."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1564
msgid "ldap_min_id, ldap_max_id (interger)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1567
msgid ""
"In contrast to the SID based ID mapping which is used if ldap_id_mapping is "
"set to true the allowed ID range for ldap_user_uid_number and "
"ldap_group_gid_number is unbound. In a setup with sub/trusted-domains this "
"might lead to ID collisions. To avoid collisions ldap_min_id and ldap_max_id "
"can be set to restrict the allowed range for the IDs which are read directly "
"from the server. Sub-domains can then pick other ranges to map IDs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1579
msgid "Default: not set (both options are set to 0)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1585
msgid "ldap_sasl_mech (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1588
msgid ""
"Specify the SASL mechanism to use. Currently only GSSAPI is tested and "
"supported."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1598
msgid "ldap_sasl_authid (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1601
msgid ""
"Specify the SASL authorization id to use. When GSSAPI is used, this "
"represents the Kerberos principal used for authentication to the directory. "
"This option can either contain the full principal (for example host/"
"myhost@EXAMPLE.COM) or just the principal name (for example host/myhost)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1609
msgid "Default: host/hostname@REALM"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1615
msgid "ldap_sasl_realm (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1618
msgid ""
"Specify the SASL realm to use. When not specified, this option defaults to "
"the value of krb5_realm. If the ldap_sasl_authid contains the realm as "
"well, this option is ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1624
msgid "Default: the value of krb5_realm."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1630
msgid "ldap_sasl_canonicalize (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1633
msgid ""
"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1638
msgid "Default: false;"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1644
msgid "ldap_krb5_keytab (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1647
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1650
msgid "Default: System keytab, normally <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1656
msgid "ldap_krb5_init_creds (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1659
msgid ""
"Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT). This "
"action is performed only if SASL is used and the mechanism selected is "
"GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1671
msgid "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1674
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1678 sssd-ad.5.xml:859
msgid "Default: 86400 (24 hours)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1684 sssd-krb5.5.xml:74
msgid "krb5_server, krb5_backup_server (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1687
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference. "
"For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
"<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. An optional port number (preceded by a "
"colon) may be appended to the addresses or hostnames. If empty, service "
"discovery is enabled - for more information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE "
"DISCOVERY</quote> section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1699 sssd-krb5.5.xml:89
msgid ""
"When using service discovery for KDC or kpasswd servers, SSSD first searches "
"for DNS entries that specify _udp as the protocol and falls back to _tcp if "
"none are found."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1704 sssd-krb5.5.xml:94
msgid ""
"This option was named <quote>krb5_kdcip</quote> in earlier releases of SSSD. "
"While the legacy name is recognized for the time being, users are advised to "
"migrate their config files to use <quote>krb5_server</quote> instead."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
msgid "krb5_realm (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1716
msgid "Specify the Kerberos REALM (for SASL/GSSAPI auth)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1719
msgid "Default: System defaults, see <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
msgid "krb5_canonicalize (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1728
msgid ""
"Specifies if the host principal should be canonicalized when connecting to "
"LDAP server. This feature is available with MIT Kerberos >= 1.7"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1740 sssd-krb5.5.xml:477
msgid "krb5_use_kdcinfo (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1743 sssd-krb5.5.xml:480
msgid ""
"Specifies if the SSSD should instruct the Kerberos libraries what realm and "
"which KDCs to use. This option is on by default, if you disable it, you need "
"to configure the Kerberos library using the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> configuration file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1754 sssd-krb5.5.xml:491
msgid ""
"See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more "
"information on the locator plugin."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1768
msgid "ldap_pwd_policy (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1771
msgid ""
"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side. "
"The following values are allowed:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1776
msgid ""
"<emphasis>none</emphasis> - No evaluation on the client side. This option "
"cannot disable server-side password policies."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1781
msgid ""
"<emphasis>shadow</emphasis> - Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> style attributes to "
"evaluate if the password has expired."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1787
msgid ""
"<emphasis>mit_kerberos</emphasis> - Use the attributes used by MIT Kerberos "
"to determine if the password has expired. Use chpass_provider=krb5 to update "
"these attributes when the password is changed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1796
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: if a password policy is configured on server "
"side, it always takes precedence over policy set with this option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1804
msgid "ldap_referrals (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1807
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1811
msgid ""
"Please note that sssd only supports referral chasing when it is compiled "
"with OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 or higher."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1816
msgid ""
"Chasing referrals may incur a performance penalty in environments that use "
"them heavily, a notable example is Microsoft Active Directory. If your setup "
"does not in fact require the use of referrals, setting this option to false "
"might bring a noticeable performance improvement."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1830
msgid "ldap_dns_service_name (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1833
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1837
msgid "Default: ldap"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1843
msgid "ldap_chpass_dns_service_name (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1846
msgid ""
"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
"password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1851
msgid "Default: not set, i.e. service discovery is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1857
msgid "ldap_chpass_update_last_change (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1860
msgid ""
"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
"days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1872
msgid "ldap_access_filter (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1875
msgid ""
"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criteria that "
"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host. If "
"access_provider = ldap, ldap_access_order = filter and this option is not "
"set, it will result in all users being denied access. Use access_provider = "
"permit to change this default behavior. Please note that this filter is "
"applied on the LDAP user entry only and thus filtering based on nested "
"groups may not work (e.g. memberOf attribute on AD entries points only to "
"direct parents). If filtering based on nested groups is required, please see "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1895
msgid "Example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"access_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_access_filter = (employeeType=admin)\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1902
msgid ""
"This example means that access to this host is restricted to users whose "
"employeeType attribute is set to \"admin\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1907
msgid ""
"Offline caching for this feature is limited to determining whether the "
"user's last online login was granted access permission. If they were granted "
"access during their last login, they will continue to be granted access "
"while offline and vice-versa."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1915 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1972
msgid "Default: Empty"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1921
msgid "ldap_account_expire_policy (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1924
msgid ""
"With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
"be enabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1928
msgid ""
"Please note that it is always recommended to use server side access control, "
"i.e. the LDAP server should deny the bind request with a suitable error code "
"even if the password is correct."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1935
msgid "The following values are allowed:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1938
msgid ""
"<emphasis>shadow</emphasis>: use the value of ldap_user_shadow_expire to "
"determine if the account is expired."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1943
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ad</emphasis>: use the value of the 32bit field "
"ldap_user_ad_user_account_control and allow access if the second bit is not "
"set. If the attribute is missing access is granted. Also the expiration time "
"of the account is checked."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1950
msgid ""
"<emphasis>rhds</emphasis>, <emphasis>ipa</emphasis>, <emphasis>389ds</"
"emphasis>: use the value of ldap_ns_account_lock to check if access is "
"allowed or not."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1956
msgid ""
"<emphasis>nds</emphasis>: the values of "
"ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map, ldap_user_nds_login_disabled and "
"ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time are used to check if access is allowed. "
"If both attributes are missing access is granted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1965
msgid ""
"Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
"emphasis> include <quote>expire</quote> in order for the "
"ldap_account_expire_policy option to work."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1978
msgid "ldap_access_order (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1981
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options. Allowed values are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1985
msgid "<emphasis>filter</emphasis>: use ldap_access_filter"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1988
msgid ""
"<emphasis>lockout</emphasis>: use account locking. If set, this option "
"denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
"and has value of '000001010000Z'. Please see the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn. "
"Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
"work."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1998
msgid ""
"<emphasis> Please note that this option is superseded by the <quote>ppolicy</"
"quote> option and might be removed in a future release. </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2005
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ppolicy</emphasis>: use account locking. If set, this option "
"denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
"and has value of '000001010000Z' or represents any time in the past. The "
"value of the 'pwdAccountLockedTime' attribute must end with 'Z', which "
"denotes the UTC time zone. Other time zones are not currently supported and "
"will result in \"access-denied\" when users attempt to log in. Please see "
"the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn. Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' "
"must be set for this feature to work."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2022
msgid "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: use ldap_account_expire_policy"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2026
msgid ""
"<emphasis>pwd_expire_policy_reject, pwd_expire_policy_warn, "
"pwd_expire_policy_renew: </emphasis> These options are useful if users are "
"interested in being warned that password is about to expire and "
"authentication is based on using a different method than passwords - for "
"example SSH keys."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2036
msgid ""
"The difference between these options is the action taken if user password is "
"expired: pwd_expire_policy_reject - user is denied to log in, "
"pwd_expire_policy_warn - user is still able to log in, "
"pwd_expire_policy_renew - user is prompted to change his password "
"immediately."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2044
msgid ""
"Note If user password is expired no explicit message is prompted by SSSD."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2048
msgid ""
"Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
"work. Also 'ldap_pwd_policy' must be set to an appropriate password policy."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2053
msgid ""
"<emphasis>authorized_service</emphasis>: use the authorizedService attribute "
"to determine access"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2058
msgid "<emphasis>host</emphasis>: use the host attribute to determine access"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2062
msgid "Default: filter"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2065
msgid ""
"Please note that it is a configuration error if a value is used more than "
"once."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2072
msgid "ldap_pwdlockout_dn (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2075
msgid ""
"This option specifies the DN of password policy entry on LDAP server. Please "
"note that absence of this option in sssd.conf in case of enabled account "
"lockout checking will yield access denied as ppolicy attributes on LDAP "
"server cannot be checked properly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2083
msgid "Example: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=example,dc=com"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2086
msgid "Default: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,$ldap_search_base"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2092
msgid "ldap_deref (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2095
msgid ""
"Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search. The "
"following options are allowed:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2100
msgid "<emphasis>never</emphasis>: Aliases are never dereferenced."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2104
msgid ""
"<emphasis>searching</emphasis>: Aliases are dereferenced in subordinates of "
"the base object, but not in locating the base object of the search."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2109
msgid ""
"<emphasis>finding</emphasis>: Aliases are only dereferenced when locating "
"the base object of the search."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2114
msgid ""
"<emphasis>always</emphasis>: Aliases are dereferenced both in searching and "
"in locating the base object of the search."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2119
msgid ""
"Default: Empty (this is handled as <emphasis>never</emphasis> by the LDAP "
"client libraries)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2127
msgid "ldap_rfc2307_fallback_to_local_users (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2130
msgid ""
"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that "
"use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2134
msgid ""
"In some environments where the RFC2307 schema is used, local users are made "
"members of LDAP groups by adding their names to the memberUid attribute. "
"The self-consistency of the domain is compromised when this is done, so SSSD "
"would normally remove the \"missing\" users from the cached group "
"memberships as soon as nsswitch tries to fetch information about the user "
"via getpw*() or initgroups() calls."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2145
msgid ""
"This option falls back to checking if local users are referenced, and caches "
"them so that later initgroups() calls will augment the local users with the "
"additional LDAP groups."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2157 sssd-ifp.5.xml:136
msgid "wildcart_limit (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2160
msgid ""
"Specifies an upper limit on the number of entries that are downloaded during "
"a wildcard lookup."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2164
msgid "At the moment, only the InfoPipe responder supports wildcard lookups."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2168
msgid "Default: 1000 (often the size of one page)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:51
msgid ""
"All of the common configuration options that apply to SSSD domains also "
"apply to LDAP domains. Refer to the <quote>DOMAIN SECTIONS</quote> section "
"of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for full details. <placeholder type="
"\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2178
msgid "SUDO OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2180
msgid ""
"The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
"manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2191
msgid "ldap_sudorule_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2194
msgid "The object class of a sudo rule entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2197
msgid "Default: sudoRole"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2203
msgid "ldap_sudorule_name (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2206
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the sudo rule name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2216
msgid "ldap_sudorule_command (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2219
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the command name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2223
msgid "Default: sudoCommand"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2229
msgid "ldap_sudorule_host (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2232
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the host name (or host IP address, "
"host IP network, or host netgroup)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2237
msgid "Default: sudoHost"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2243
msgid "ldap_sudorule_user (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2246
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user name (or UID, group name or "
"user's netgroup)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2250
msgid "Default: sudoUser"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2256
msgid "ldap_sudorule_option (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2259
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the sudo options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2263
msgid "Default: sudoOption"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2269
msgid "ldap_sudorule_runasuser (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2272
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user name that commands may be "
"run as."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2276
msgid "Default: sudoRunAsUser"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2282
msgid "ldap_sudorule_runasgroup (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2285
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name or group GID that "
"commands may be run as."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2289
msgid "Default: sudoRunAsGroup"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2295
msgid "ldap_sudorule_notbefore (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2298
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the start date/time for when the sudo "
"rule is valid."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2302
msgid "Default: sudoNotBefore"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2308
msgid "ldap_sudorule_notafter (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2311
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the expiration date/time, after which "
"the sudo rule will no longer be valid."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2316
msgid "Default: sudoNotAfter"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2322
msgid "ldap_sudorule_order (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2325
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the ordering index of the rule."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2329
msgid "Default: sudoOrder"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2335
msgid "ldap_sudo_full_refresh_interval (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2338
msgid ""
"How many seconds SSSD will wait between executing a full refresh of sudo "
"rules (which downloads all rules that are stored on the server)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2343
msgid ""
"The value must be greater than <emphasis>ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval </"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2348
msgid "Default: 21600 (6 hours)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2354
msgid "ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2357
msgid ""
"How many seconds SSSD has to wait before executing a smart refresh of sudo "
"rules (which downloads all rules that have USN higher than the highest USN "
"of cached rules)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2363
msgid ""
"If USN attributes are not supported by the server, the modifyTimestamp "
"attribute is used instead."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2373
msgid "ldap_sudo_use_host_filter (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2376
msgid ""
"If true, SSSD will download only rules that are applicable to this machine "
"(using the IPv4 or IPv6 host/network addresses and hostnames)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2387
msgid "ldap_sudo_hostnames (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2390
msgid ""
"Space separated list of hostnames or fully qualified domain names that "
"should be used to filter the rules."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2395
msgid ""
"If this option is empty, SSSD will try to discover the hostname and the "
"fully qualified domain name automatically."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2459
msgid ""
"If <emphasis>ldap_sudo_use_host_filter</emphasis> is <emphasis>false</"
"emphasis> then this option has no effect."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2405 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2428
msgid "Default: not specified"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2411
msgid "ldap_sudo_ip (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2414
msgid ""
"Space separated list of IPv4 or IPv6 host/network addresses that should be "
"used to filter the rules."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2419
msgid ""
"If this option is empty, SSSD will try to discover the addresses "
"automatically."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2434
msgid "ldap_sudo_include_netgroups (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2437
msgid ""
"If true then SSSD will download every rule that contains a netgroup in "
"sudoHost attribute."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2452
msgid "ldap_sudo_include_regexp (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2455
msgid ""
"If true then SSSD will download every rule that contains a wildcard in "
"sudoHost attribute."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2471
msgid ""
"This manual page only describes attribute name mapping. For detailed "
"explanation of sudo related attribute semantics, see <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sudoers.ldap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2481
msgid "AUTOFS OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2483
msgid ""
"Some of the defaults for the parameters below are dependent on the LDAP "
"schema."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2489
msgid "ldap_autofs_map_master_name (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2492
msgid "The name of the automount master map in LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2495
msgid "Default: auto.master"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2502
msgid "ldap_autofs_map_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2505
msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2508
msgid "Default: automountMap"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2515
msgid "ldap_autofs_map_name (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2518
msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2521
msgid "Default: ou (rfc2307), automountMapName (rfc2307bis, ipa, ad)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2529
msgid "ldap_autofs_entry_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2532
msgid ""
"The object class of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually "
"corresponds to a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2537
msgid "Default: automount"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2544
msgid "ldap_autofs_entry_key (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2547 sssd-ldap.5.xml:2562
msgid ""
"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a "
"mount point."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2551
msgid "Default: cn (rfc2307), automountKey (rfc2307bis, ipa, ad)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2559
msgid "ldap_autofs_entry_value (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2566
msgid "Default: automountInformation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2487
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type="
"\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"2\"/> "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"3\"/> <placeholder type="
"\"variablelist\" id=\"4\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"5\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2576
msgid "ADVANCED OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2583
msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2588
msgid "ldap_user_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2593
msgid "ldap_group_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><note>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2598
msgid "<note>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><note><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2600
msgid ""
"If the option <quote>ldap_use_tokengroups</quote> is enabled. The searches "
"against Active Directory will not be restricted and return all groups "
"memberships, even with no gid mapping. It is recommended to disable this "
"feature, if group names are not being displayed correctly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2607
msgid "</note>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2609
msgid "ldap_sudo_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2614
msgid "ldap_autofs_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2578
msgid ""
"These options are supported by LDAP domains, but they should be used with "
"caution. Please include them in your configuration only if you know what you "
"are doing. <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type="
"\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2631
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and LDAP is "
"set to one of the domains in the <replaceable>[domains]</replaceable> "
"section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2637
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/LDAP]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"auth_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.mydomain.org\n"
"ldap_search_base = dc=mydomain,dc=org\n"
"ldap_tls_reqcert = demand\n"
"cache_credentials = true\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:573 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:105
msgid "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2648
msgid "LDAP ACCESS FILTER EXAMPLE"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2650
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and to use "
"the ldap_access_order=lockout."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2655
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/LDAP]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"auth_provider = ldap\n"
"access_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_access_order = lockout\n"
"ldap_pwdlockout_dn = cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=mydomain,dc=org\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.mydomain.org\n"
"ldap_search_base = dc=mydomain,dc=org\n"
"ldap_tls_reqcert = demand\n"
"cache_credentials = true\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2670 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:61
msgid "NOTES"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:2672
msgid ""
"The descriptions of some of the configuration options in this manual page "
"are based on the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page from the OpenLDAP 2.4 "
"distribution."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refentryinfo>
msgid ""
"<productname>SSSD</productname> <orgname>The SSSD upstream - http://"
"fedorahosted.org/sssd</orgname>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:13 pam_sss.8.xml:18
msgid "pam_sss"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:19
msgid "PAM module for SSSD"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:24
msgid ""
"<command>pam_sss.so</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>quiet</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>forward_pass</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>use_first_pass</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>use_authtok</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>retry=N</replaceable> </"
"arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>ignore_unknown_user</replaceable> </"
"arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>ignore_authinfo_unavail</replaceable> </"
"arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>domains=X</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='opt'> <replaceable>allow_missing_name</replaceable> </arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:57
msgid ""
"<command>pam_sss.so</command> is the PAM interface to the System Security "
"Services daemon (SSSD). Errors and results are logged through "
"<command>syslog(3)</command> with the LOG_AUTHPRIV facility."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:67
msgid "<option>quiet</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:70
msgid "Suppress log messages for unknown users."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:75
msgid "<option>forward_pass</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:78
msgid ""
"If <option>forward_pass</option> is set the entered password is put on the "
"stack for other PAM modules to use."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:85
msgid "<option>use_first_pass</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:88
msgid ""
"The argument use_first_pass forces the module to use a previous stacked "
"modules password and will never prompt the user - if no password is "
"available or the password is not appropriate, the user will be denied access."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:96
msgid "<option>use_authtok</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:99
msgid ""
"When password changing enforce the module to set the new password to the one "
"provided by a previously stacked password module."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:106
msgid "<option>retry=N</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:109
msgid ""
"If specified the user is asked another N times for a password if "
"authentication fails. Default is 0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:111
msgid ""
"Please note that this option might not work as expected if the application "
"calling PAM handles the user dialog on its own. A typical example is "
"<command>sshd</command> with <option>PasswordAuthentication</option>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:120
msgid "<option>ignore_unknown_user</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:123
msgid ""
"If this option is specified and the user does not exist, the PAM module will "
"return PAM_IGNORE. This causes the PAM framework to ignore this module."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:130
msgid "<option>ignore_authinfo_unavail</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:134
msgid ""
"Specifies that the PAM module should return PAM_IGNORE if it cannot contact "
"the SSSD daemon. This causes the PAM framework to ignore this module."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:141
msgid "<option>domains</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:145
msgid ""
"Allows the administrator to restrict the domains a particular PAM service is "
"allowed to authenticate against. The format is a comma-separated list of "
"SSSD domain names, as specified in the sssd.conf file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:151
msgid ""
"NOTE: Must be used in conjunction with the <quote>pam_trusted_users</quote> "
"and <quote>pam_public_domains</quote> options. Please see the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information on these two PAM "
"responder options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:165
msgid "<option>allow_missing_name</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:169
msgid ""
"The main purpose of this option is to let SSSD determine the user name based "
"on additional information, e.g. the certificate from a Smartcard."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:179
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" auth sufficient pam_sss.so allow_missing_name\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:174
msgid ""
"The current use case are login managers which can monitor a Smartcard reader "
"for card events. In case a Smartcard is inserted the login manager will call "
"a PAM stack which includes a line like <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
"id=\"0\"/> In this case SSSD will try to determine the user name based on "
"the content of the Smartcard, returns it to pam_sss which will finally put "
"it on the PAM stack."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:191
msgid "MODULE TYPES PROVIDED"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:192
msgid ""
"All module types (<option>account</option>, <option>auth</option>, "
"<option>password</option> and <option>session</option>) are provided."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:198
msgid "FILES"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:199
msgid ""
"If a password reset by root fails, because the corresponding SSSD provider "
"does not support password resets, an individual message can be displayed. "
"This message can e.g. contain instructions about how to reset a password."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:204
msgid ""
"The message is read from the file <filename>pam_sss_pw_reset_message.LOC</"
"filename> where LOC stands for a locale string returned by <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>setlocale</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>. If there is no matching file the content of "
"<filename>pam_sss_pw_reset_message.txt</filename> is displayed. Root must be "
"the owner of the files and only root may have read and write permissions "
"while all other users must have only read permissions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:214
msgid ""
"These files are searched in the directory <filename>/etc/sssd/customize/"
"DOMAIN_NAME/</filename>. If no matching file is present a generic message is "
"displayed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
msgid "sssd_krb5_locator_plugin"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
msgid "Kerberos locator plugin"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"The Kerberos locator plugin <command>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</command> is "
"used by the Kerberos provider of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to tell the Kerberos "
"libraries what Realm and which KDC to use. Typically this is done in "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> which is always read by the Kerberos libraries. "
"To simplify the configuration the Realm and the KDC can be defined in "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> as described in <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry> puts the Realm and the name or IP address of the KDC into "
"the environment variables SSSD_KRB5_REALM and SSSD_KRB5_KDC respectively. "
"When <command>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</command> is called by the kerberos "
"libraries it reads and evaluates these variables and returns them to the "
"libraries."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"Not all Kerberos implementations support the use of plugins. If "
"<command>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</command> is not available on your system "
"you have to edit /etc/krb5.conf to reflect your Kerberos setup."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"If the environment variable SSSD_KRB5_LOCATOR_DEBUG is set to any value "
"debug messages will be sent to stderr."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:10 sssd-simple.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-simple"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:17
msgid "the configuration file for SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:24
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the simple access-control "
"provider for <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>. For a detailed syntax reference, "
"refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:38
msgid ""
"The simple access provider grants or denies access based on an access or "
"deny list of user or group names. The following rules apply:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:43
msgid "If all lists are empty, access is granted"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:47
msgid ""
"If any list is provided, the order of evaluation is allow,deny. This means "
"that any matching deny rule will supersede any matched allow rule."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:54
msgid ""
"If either or both \"allow\" lists are provided, all users are denied unless "
"they appear in the list."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:60
msgid ""
"If only \"deny\" lists are provided, all users are granted access unless "
"they appear in the list."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:78
msgid "simple_allow_users (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:81
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:88
msgid "simple_deny_users (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:91
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:97
msgid "simple_allow_groups (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:100
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of groups that are allowed to log in. This applies only "
"to groups within this SSSD domain. Local groups are not evaluated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:108
msgid "simple_deny_groups (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:111
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This "
"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain. Local groups are not "
"evaluated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"Refer to the section <quote>DOMAIN SECTIONS</quote> of the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> manual page for details on the configuration of an SSSD "
"domain. <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:120
msgid ""
"Specifying no values for any of the lists is equivalent to skipping it "
"entirely. Beware of this while generating parameters for the simple provider "
"using automated scripts."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:125
msgid ""
"Please note that it is an configuration error if both, simple_allow_users "
"and simple_deny_users, are defined."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:133
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and example."
"com is one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. "
"This examples shows only the simple access provider-specific options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:140
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/example.com]\n"
"access_provider = simple\n"
"simple_allow_users = user1, user2\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:150
msgid ""
"The complete group membership hierarchy is resolved before the access check, "
"thus even nested groups can be included in the access lists. Please be "
"aware that the <quote>ldap_group_nesting_level</quote> option may impact the "
"results and should be set to a sufficient value. (<citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>) option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:10 sssd-ipa.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-ipa"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD IPA provider"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the IPA provider for "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>. For a detailed syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE "
"FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:36
msgid ""
"The IPA provider is a back end used to connect to an IPA server. (Refer to "
"the freeipa.org web site for information about IPA servers.) This provider "
"requires that the machine be joined to the IPA domain; configuration is "
"almost entirely self-discovered and obtained directly from the server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:43
msgid ""
"The IPA provider accepts the same options used by the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> identity provider and the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> authentication "
"provider with some exceptions described below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:55
msgid ""
"However, it is neither necessary nor recommended to set these options. IPA "
"provider can also be used as an access and chpass provider. As an access "
"provider it uses HBAC (host-based access control) rules. Please refer to "
"freeipa.org for more information about HBAC. No configuration of access "
"provider is required on the client side."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:62
msgid ""
"The IPA provider will use the PAC responder if the Kerberos tickets of users "
"from trusted realms contain a PAC. To make configuration easier the PAC "
"responder is started automatically if the IPA ID provider is configured."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:78
msgid "ipa_domain (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:81
msgid ""
"Specifies the name of the IPA domain. This is optional. If not provided, "
"the configuration domain name is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:89
msgid "ipa_server, ipa_backup_server (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:92
msgid ""
"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to "
"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference. For more information "
"on failover and server redundancy, see the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. "
"This is optional if autodiscovery is enabled. For more information on "
"service discovery, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:105
msgid "ipa_hostname (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:108
msgid ""
"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the "
"fully qualified name used in the IPA domain to identify this host."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:116 sssd-ad.5.xml:790
msgid "dyndns_update (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:119
msgid ""
"Optional. This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server "
"built into FreeIPA with the IP address of this client. The update is secured "
"using GSS-TSIG. The IP address of the IPA LDAP connection is used for the "
"updates, if it is not otherwise specified by using the <quote>dyndns_iface</"
"quote> option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:128 sssd-ad.5.xml:804
msgid ""
"NOTE: On older systems (such as RHEL 5), for this behavior to work reliably, "
"the default Kerberos realm must be set properly in /etc/krb5.conf"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:133
msgid ""
"NOTE: While it is still possible to use the old <emphasis>ipa_dyndns_update</"
"emphasis> option, users should migrate to using <emphasis>dyndns_update</"
"emphasis> in their config file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:145 sssd-ad.5.xml:815
msgid "dyndns_ttl (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:148 sssd-ad.5.xml:818
msgid ""
"The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it. If "
"dyndns_update is false this has no effect. This will override the TTL "
"serverside if set by an administrator."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:153
msgid ""
"NOTE: While it is still possible to use the old <emphasis>ipa_dyndns_ttl</"
"emphasis> option, users should migrate to using <emphasis>dyndns_ttl</"
"emphasis> in their config file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:159
msgid "Default: 1200 (seconds)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:165 sssd-ad.5.xml:829
msgid "dyndns_iface (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:168 sssd-ad.5.xml:832
msgid ""
"Optional. Applicable only when dyndns_update is true. Choose the interface "
"or a list of interfaces whose IP addresses should be used for dynamic DNS "
"updates. Special value <quote>*</quote> implies that IPs from all interfaces "
"should be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:175
msgid ""
"NOTE: While it is still possible to use the old <emphasis>ipa_dyndns_iface</"
"emphasis> option, users should migrate to using <emphasis>dyndns_iface</"
"emphasis> in their config file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:181
msgid ""
"Default: Use the IP addresses of the interface which is used for IPA LDAP "
"connection"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:185 sssd-ad.5.xml:843
msgid "Example: dyndns_iface = em1, vnet1, vnet2"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:191
msgid "ipa_enable_dns_sites (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:194 sssd-ad.5.xml:160
msgid "Enables DNS sites - location based service discovery."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:198
msgid ""
"If true and service discovery (see Service Discovery paragraph at the bottom "
"of the man page) is enabled, then the SSSD will first attempt location "
"based discovery using a query that contains \"_location.hostname.example.com"
"\" and then fall back to traditional SRV discovery. If the location based "
"discovery succeeds, the IPA servers located with the location based "
"discovery are treated as primary servers and the IPA servers located using "
"the traditional SRV discovery are used as back up servers"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:217 sssd-ad.5.xml:849
msgid "dyndns_refresh_interval (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:220 sssd-ad.5.xml:852
msgid ""
"How often should the back end perform periodic DNS update in addition to the "
"automatic update performed when the back end goes online. This option is "
"optional and applicable only when dyndns_update is true."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:233 sssd-ad.5.xml:865
msgid "dyndns_update_ptr (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:236 sssd-ad.5.xml:868
msgid ""
"Whether the PTR record should also be explicitly updated when updating the "
"client's DNS records. Applicable only when dyndns_update is true."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:241
msgid ""
"This option should be False in most IPA deployments as the IPA server "
"generates the PTR records automatically when forward records are changed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:247
msgid "Default: False (disabled)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:253 sssd-ad.5.xml:879
msgid "dyndns_force_tcp (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:256 sssd-ad.5.xml:882
msgid ""
"Whether the nsupdate utility should default to using TCP for communicating "
"with the DNS server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:260 sssd-ad.5.xml:886
msgid "Default: False (let nsupdate choose the protocol)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:266 sssd-ad.5.xml:892
msgid "dyndns_server (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:269 sssd-ad.5.xml:895
msgid ""
"The DNS server to use when performing a DNS update. In most setups, it's "
"recommended to leave this option unset."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:274 sssd-ad.5.xml:900
msgid ""
"Setting this option makes sense for environments where the DNS server is "
"different from the identity server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:279 sssd-ad.5.xml:905
msgid ""
"Please note that this option will be only used in fallback attempt when "
"previous attempt using autodetected settings failed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:284 sssd-ad.5.xml:910
msgid "Default: None (let nsupdate choose the server)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:290
msgid "ipa_hbac_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:293
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for HBAC related objects."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:297
msgid "Default: Use base DN"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:303
msgid "ipa_host_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:306
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for host objects."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:386
msgid ""
"See <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> for information about configuring "
"multiple search bases."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:322
msgid "ipa_selinux_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:325
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for SELinux user maps."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:341
msgid "ipa_subdomains_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:344
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for trusted domains."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:353
msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>cn=trusts,%basedn</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:360
msgid "ipa_master_domain_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:363
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for master domain object."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:372
msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>cn=ad,cn=etc,%basedn</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:379
msgid "ipa_views_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:382
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for views containers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:391
msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>cn=views,cn=accounts,%basedn</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:398 sssd-krb5.5.xml:254
msgid "krb5_validate (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:401
msgid ""
"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been "
"spoofed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:408 sssd-ad.5.xml:931
msgid ""
"Note that this default differs from the traditional Kerberos provider back "
"end."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:418
msgid ""
"The name of the Kerberos realm. This is optional and defaults to the value "
"of <quote>ipa_domain</quote>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:422
msgid ""
"The name of the Kerberos realm has a special meaning in IPA - it is "
"converted into the base DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:433
msgid ""
"Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized when "
"connecting to IPA LDAP and also for AS requests. This feature is available "
"with MIT Kerberos >= 1.7"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:446 sssd-krb5.5.xml:416
msgid "krb5_use_fast (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:449 sssd-krb5.5.xml:419
msgid ""
"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-"
"authentication. The following options are supported:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:454
msgid "<emphasis>never</emphasis> use FAST."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:457
msgid ""
"<emphasis>try</emphasis> to use FAST. If the server does not support FAST, "
"continue the authentication without it. This is equivalent to not setting "
"this option at all."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:463 sssd-krb5.5.xml:433
msgid ""
"<emphasis>demand</emphasis> to use FAST. The authentication fails if the "
"server does not require fast."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:468
msgid "Default: try"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:471 sssd-krb5.5.xml:444
msgid ""
"NOTE: SSSD supports FAST only with MIT Kerberos version 1.8 and later. If "
"SSSD is used with an older version of MIT Kerberos, using this option is a "
"configuration error."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:480 sssd-ad.5.xml:938
msgid "krb5_confd_path (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:483 sssd-ad.5.xml:941
msgid ""
"Absolute path of a directory where SSSD should place Kerberos configuration "
"snippets."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:487 sssd-ad.5.xml:945
msgid ""
"To disable the creation of the configuration snippets set the parameter to "
"'none'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:491 sssd-ad.5.xml:949
msgid ""
"Default: not set (krb5.include.d subdirectory of SSSD's pubconf directory)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:498
msgid "ipa_hbac_refresh (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:501
msgid ""
"The amount of time between lookups of the HBAC rules against the IPA server. "
"This will reduce the latency and load on the IPA server if there are many "
"access-control requests made in a short period."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "Default: 5 (seconds)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:514
msgid "ipa_hbac_selinux (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:517
msgid ""
"The amount of time between lookups of the SELinux maps against the IPA "
"server. This will reduce the latency and load on the IPA server if there are "
"many user login requests made in a short period."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:530
msgid "ipa_server_mode (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:533
msgid "This option should only be set by the IPA installer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:537
msgid ""
"The option denotes that the SSSD is running on IPA server and should perform "
"lookups of users and groups from trusted domains differently."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:548
msgid "ipa_automount_location (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:551
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:554
msgid "Default: The location named \"default\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:562
msgid "VIEWS AND OVERRIDES"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:571
msgid "ipa_view_class (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:574
msgid "Objectclass of the view container."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:577
msgid "Default: nsContainer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:583
msgid "ipa_view_name (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:586
msgid "Name of the attribute holding the name of the view."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:596
msgid "ipa_overide_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:599
msgid "Objectclass of the override objects."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:602
msgid "Default: ipaOverrideAnchor"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:608
msgid "ipa_anchor_uuid (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:611
msgid ""
"Name of the attribute containing the reference to the original object in a "
"remote domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:615
msgid "Default: ipaAnchorUUID"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:621
msgid "ipa_user_override_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:624
msgid ""
"Name of the objectclass for user overrides. It is used to determine if the "
"found override object is related to a user or a group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:629
msgid "User overrides can contain attributes given by"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:632
msgid "ldap_user_name"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:635
msgid "ldap_user_uid_number"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:638
msgid "ldap_user_gid_number"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:641
msgid "ldap_user_gecos"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:644
msgid "ldap_user_home_directory"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:647
msgid "ldap_user_shell"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:650
msgid "ldap_user_ssh_public_key"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:655
msgid "Default: ipaUserOverride"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:661
msgid "ipa_group_override_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:664
msgid ""
"Name of the objectclass for group overrides. It is used to determine if the "
"found override object is related to a user or a group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:669
msgid "Group overrides can contain attributes given by"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:672
msgid "ldap_group_name"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:675
msgid "ldap_group_gid_number"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:680
msgid "Default: ipaGroupOverride"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:564
msgid ""
"SSSD can handle views and overrides which are offered by FreeIPA 4.1 and "
"later version. Since all paths and objectclasses are fixed on the server "
"side there is basically no need to configure anything. For completeness the "
"related options are listed here with their default values. <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:690
msgid "SUBDOMAINS PROVIDER"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:692
msgid ""
"The IPA subdomains provider behaves slightly differently if it is configured "
"explicitly or implicitly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:696
msgid ""
"If the option 'subdomains_provider = ipa' is found in the domain section of "
"sssd.conf, the IPA subdomains provider is configured explicitly, and all "
"subdomain requests are sent to the IPA server if necessary."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:702
msgid ""
"If the option 'subdomains_provider' is not set in the domain section of sssd."
"conf but there is the option 'id_provider = ipa', the IPA subdomains "
"provider is configured implicitly. In this case, if a subdomain request "
"fails and indicates that the server does not support subdomains, i.e. is not "
"configured for trusts, the IPA subdomains provider is disabled. After an "
"hour or after the IPA provider goes online, the subdomains provider is "
"enabled again."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:719
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and example."
"com is one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. "
"This examples shows only the ipa provider-specific options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:726
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/example.com]\n"
"id_provider = ipa\n"
"ipa_server = ipaserver.example.com\n"
"ipa_hostname = myhost.example.com\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:10 sssd-ad.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-ad"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD Active Directory provider"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the AD provider for "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>. For a detailed syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE "
"FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:36
msgid ""
"The AD provider is a back end used to connect to an Active Directory server. "
"This provider requires that the machine be joined to the AD domain and a "
"keytab is available."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:41
msgid ""
"The AD provider supports connecting to Active Directory 2008 R2 or later. "
"Earlier versions may work, but are unsupported."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:45
msgid ""
"The AD provider can be used to get user information and authenticate users "
"from trusted domains. Currently only trusted domains in the same forest are "
"recognized. In addition servers from trusted domains are always auto-"
"discovered."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:51
msgid ""
"The AD provider accepts the same options used by the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> identity provider and the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> authentication "
"provider with some exceptions described below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:63
msgid ""
"However, it is neither necessary nor recommended to set these options. The "
"AD provider can also be used as an access, chpass, sudo and autofs provider. "
"No configuration of the access provider is required on the client side."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:75
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ldap_id_mapping = False\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:69
msgid ""
"By default, the AD provider will map UID and GID values from the objectSID "
"parameter in Active Directory. For details on this, see the <quote>ID "
"MAPPING</quote> section below. If you want to disable ID mapping and instead "
"rely on POSIX attributes defined in Active Directory, you should set "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> In order to retrieve users "
"and groups using POSIX attributes from trusted domains, the AD administrator "
"must make sure that the POSIX attributes are replicated to the Global "
"Catalog."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:82
msgid ""
"Users, groups and other entities served by SSSD are always treated as case-"
"insensitive in the AD provider for compatibility with Active Directory's "
"LDAP implementation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:97
msgid "ad_domain (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:100
msgid ""
"Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain. This is optional. If not "
"provided, the configuration domain name is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:105
msgid ""
"For proper operation, this option should be specified as the lower-case "
"version of the long version of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:110
msgid ""
"The short domain name (also known as the NetBIOS or the flat name) is "
"autodetected by the SSSD."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:117
msgid "ad_server, ad_backup_server (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:120
msgid ""
"The comma-separated list of hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should "
"connect in order of preference. For more information on failover and server "
"redundancy, see the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:127
msgid ""
"This is optional if autodiscovery is enabled. For more information on "
"service discovery, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:132
msgid ""
"Note: Trusted domains will always auto-discover servers even if the primary "
"server is explicitly defined in the ad_server option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:140
msgid "ad_hostname (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:143
msgid ""
"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the "
"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this "
"host."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:149
msgid ""
"This field is used to determine the host principal in use in the keytab. It "
"must match the hostname for which the keytab was issued."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:157
msgid "ad_enable_dns_sites (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:164
msgid ""
"If true and service discovery (see Service Discovery paragraph at the bottom "
"of the man page) is enabled, the SSSD will first attempt to discover the "
"Active Directory server to connect to using the Active Directory Site "
"Discovery and fall back to the DNS SRV records if no AD site is found. The "
"DNS SRV configuration, including the discovery domain, is used during site "
"discovery as well."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:180
msgid "ad_access_filter (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:183
msgid ""
"This option specifies LDAP access control filter that the user must match in "
"order to be allowed access. Please note that the <quote>access_provider</"
"quote> option must be explicitly set to <quote>ad</quote> in order for this "
"option to have an effect."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:191
msgid ""
"The option also supports specifying different filters per domain or forest. "
"This extended filter would consist of: <quote>KEYWORD:NAME:FILTER</quote>. "
"The keyword can be either <quote>DOM</quote>, <quote>FOREST</quote> or "
"missing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:199
msgid ""
"If the keyword equals to <quote>DOM</quote> or is missing, then <quote>NAME</"
"quote> specifies the domain or subdomain the filter applies to. If the "
"keyword equals to <quote>FOREST</quote>, then the filter equals to all "
"domains from the forest specified by <quote>NAME</quote>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:207
msgid ""
"Multiple filters can be separated with the <quote>?</quote> character, "
"similarly to how search bases work."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:212
msgid ""
"The most specific match is always used. For example, if the option specified "
"filter for a domain the user is a member of and a global filter, the per-"
"domain filter would be applied. If there are more matches with the same "
"specification, the first one is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:223
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# apply filter on domain called dom1 only:\n"
"dom1:(memberOf=cn=admins,ou=groups,dc=dom1,dc=com)\n"
"\n"
"# apply filter on domain called dom2 only:\n"
"DOM:dom2:(memberOf=cn=admins,ou=groups,dc=dom2,dc=com)\n"
"\n"
"# apply filter on forest called EXAMPLE.COM only:\n"
"FOREST:EXAMPLE.COM:(memberOf=cn=admins,ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com)\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:233 sssd-ad.5.xml:247
msgid "Default: Not set"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:239
msgid "ad_site (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:242
msgid ""
"Specify AD site to which client should try to connect. If this option is "
"not provided, the AD site will be auto-discovered."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:253
msgid "ad_enable_gc (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:256
msgid ""
"By default, the SSSD connects to the Global Catalog first to retrieve users "
"from trusted domains and uses the LDAP port to retrieve group memberships or "
"as a fallback. Disabling this option makes the SSSD only connect to the LDAP "
"port of the current AD server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:264
msgid ""
"Please note that disabling Global Catalog support does not disable "
"retrieving users from trusted domains. The SSSD would connect to the LDAP "
"port of trusted domains instead. However, Global Catalog must be used in "
"order to resolve cross-domain group memberships."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:278
msgid "ad_gpo_access_control (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:281
msgid ""
"This option specifies the operation mode for GPO-based access control "
"functionality: whether it operates in disabled mode, enforcing mode, or "
"permissive mode. Please note that the <quote>access_provider</quote> option "
"must be explicitly set to <quote>ad</quote> in order for this option to have "
"an effect."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:290
msgid ""
"GPO-based access control functionality uses GPO policy settings to determine "
"whether or not a particular user is allowed to logon to a particular host."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:296
msgid ""
"NOTE: If the operation mode is set to enforcing, it is possible that users "
"that were previously allowed logon access will now be denied logon access "
"(as dictated by the GPO policy settings). In order to facilitate a smooth "
"transition for administrators, a permissive mode is available that will not "
"enforce the access control rules, but will evaluate them and will output a "
"syslog message if access would have been denied. By examining the logs, "
"administrators can then make the necessary changes before setting the mode "
"to enforcing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:309
msgid "There are three supported values for this option:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:313
msgid ""
"disabled: GPO-based access control rules are neither evaluated nor enforced."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:319
msgid "enforcing: GPO-based access control rules are evaluated and enforced."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:325
msgid ""
"permissive: GPO-based access control rules are evaluated, but not enforced. "
"Instead, a syslog message will be emitted indicating that the user would "
"have been denied access if this option's value were set to enforcing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:336
msgid "Default: permissive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:339
msgid "Default: enforcing"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:345
msgid "ad_gpo_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:348
msgid ""
"The amount of time between lookups of GPO policy files against the AD "
"server. This will reduce the latency and load on the AD server if there are "
"many access-control requests made in a short period."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:361
msgid "ad_gpo_map_interactive (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:364
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access "
"control is evaluated based on the InteractiveLogonRight and "
"DenyInteractiveLogonRight policy settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:370
msgid ""
"Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow "
"log on locally\" and \"Deny log on locally\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:384
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_interactive = +my_pam_service, -login\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:375
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in "
"order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. "
"<quote>login</quote>) with a custom pam service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:641
msgid "Default: the default set of PAM service names includes:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:392
msgid "login"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:397
msgid "su"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:402
msgid "su-l"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:407
msgid "gdm-fingerprint"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:412
msgid "gdm-password"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:417
msgid "gdm-smartcard"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:422
msgid "kdm"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:427
msgid "lightdm"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:432
msgid "lxdm"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:437
msgid "sddm"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:442
msgid "unity"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:447
msgid "xdm"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:456
msgid "ad_gpo_map_remote_interactive (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:459
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access "
"control is evaluated based on the RemoteInteractiveLogonRight and "
"DenyRemoteInteractiveLogonRight policy settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:465
msgid ""
"Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow "
"log on through Remote Desktop Services\" and \"Deny log on through Remote "
"Desktop Services\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:480
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_remote_interactive = +my_pam_service, -sshd\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:471
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in "
"order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. "
"<quote>sshd</quote>) with a custom pam service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:488
msgid "sshd"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:493
msgid "cockpit"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:502
msgid "ad_gpo_map_network (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:505
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access "
"control is evaluated based on the NetworkLogonRight and "
"DenyNetworkLogonRight policy settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:511
msgid ""
"Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Access "
"this computer from the network\" and \"Deny access to this computer from the "
"network\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:526
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_network = +my_pam_service, -ftp\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:517
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in "
"order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. "
"<quote>ftp</quote>) with a custom pam service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:534
msgid "ftp"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:539
msgid "samba"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:548
msgid "ad_gpo_map_batch (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:551
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access "
"control is evaluated based on the BatchLogonRight and DenyBatchLogonRight "
"policy settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:557
msgid ""
"Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow "
"log on as a batch job\" and \"Deny log on as a batch job\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:571
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_batch = +my_pam_service, -crond\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:562
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in "
"order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. "
"<quote>crond</quote>) with a custom pam service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:579
msgid "crond"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:588
msgid "ad_gpo_map_service (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:591
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access "
"control is evaluated based on the ServiceLogonRight and "
"DenyServiceLogonRight policy settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:597
msgid ""
"Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow "
"log on as a service\" and \"Deny log on as a service\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:610
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_service = +my_pam_service\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:602 sssd-ad.5.xml:677
msgid ""
"It is possible to add a PAM service name to the default set by using <quote>"
"+service_name</quote>. Since the default set is empty, it is not possible "
"to remove a PAM service name from the default set. For example, in order to "
"add a custom pam service name (e.g. <quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you "
"would use the following configuration: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:620
msgid "ad_gpo_map_permit (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:623
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access is "
"always granted, regardless of any GPO Logon Rights."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:637
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_permit = +my_pam_service, -sudo\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:628
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in "
"order to replace a default PAM service name for unconditionally permitted "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:645
msgid "polkit-1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:650
msgid "sudo"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:655
msgid "sudo-i"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:660
msgid "systemd-user"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:669
msgid "ad_gpo_map_deny (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:672
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access is "
"always denied, regardless of any GPO Logon Rights."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:685
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_deny = +my_pam_service\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:695
msgid "ad_gpo_default_right (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:698
msgid ""
"This option defines how access control is evaluated for PAM service names "
"that are not explicitly listed in one of the ad_gpo_map_* options. This "
"option can be set in two different manners. First, this option can be set to "
"use a default logon right. For example, if this option is set to "
"'interactive', it means that unmapped PAM service names will be processed "
"based on the InteractiveLogonRight and DenyInteractiveLogonRight policy "
"settings. Alternatively, this option can be set to either always permit or "
"always deny access for unmapped PAM service names."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:711
msgid "Supported values for this option include:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:715
msgid "interactive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:720
msgid "remote_interactive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:725
msgid "network"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:730
msgid "batch"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:735
msgid "service"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:740
msgid "permit"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:745
msgid "deny"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:751
msgid "Default: deny"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:757
msgid "ad_maximum_machine_account_password_age (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:760
msgid ""
"SSSD will check once a day if the machine account password is older than the "
"given age in days and try to renew it. A value of 0 will disable the renewal "
"attempt."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:766
msgid "Default: 30 days"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:772
msgid "ad_machine_account_password_renewal_opts (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:775
msgid ""
"This option should only be used to test the machine account renewal task. "
"The option expect 2 integers seperated by a colon (':'). The first integer "
"defines the interval in seconds how often the task is run. The second "
"specifies the inital timeout in seconds before the task is run for the first "
"time after startup."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:784
msgid "Default: 86400:750 (24h and 15m)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:793
msgid ""
"Optional. This option tells SSSD to automatically update the Active "
"Directory DNS server with the IP address of this client. The update is "
"secured using GSS-TSIG. As a consequence, the Active Directory administrator "
"only needs to allow secure updates for the DNS zone. The IP address of the "
"AD LDAP connection is used for the updates, if it is not otherwise specified "
"by using the <quote>dyndns_iface</quote> option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:823
msgid "Default: 3600 (seconds)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:839
msgid ""
"Default: Use the IP addresses of the interface which is used for AD LDAP "
"connection"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:873 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:76
msgid "Default: True"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:919 sssd-krb5.5.xml:505
msgid "krb5_use_enterprise_principal (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:922 sssd-krb5.5.xml:508
msgid ""
"Specifies if the user principal should be treated as enterprise principal. "
"See section 5 of RFC 6806 for more details about enterprise principals."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:967
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and example."
"com is one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. "
"This example shows only the AD provider-specific options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:974
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/EXAMPLE]\n"
"id_provider = ad\n"
"auth_provider = ad\n"
"access_provider = ad\n"
"chpass_provider = ad\n"
"\n"
"ad_server = dc1.example.com\n"
"ad_hostname = client.example.com\n"
"ad_domain = example.com\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:994
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"access_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_access_order = expire\n"
"ldap_account_expire_policy = ad\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:990
msgid ""
"The AD access control provider checks if the account is expired. It has the "
"same effect as the following configuration of the LDAP provider: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1000
msgid ""
"However, unless the <quote>ad</quote> access control provider is explicitly "
"configured, the default access provider is <quote>permit</quote>. Please "
"note that if you configure an access provider other than <quote>ad</quote>, "
"you need to set all the connection parameters (such as LDAP URIs and "
"encryption details) manually."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1008
msgid ""
"When the autofs provider is set to <quote>ad</quote>, the RFC2307 schema "
"attribute mapping (nisMap, nisObject, ...) is used, because these attributes "
"are included in the default Active Directory schema."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:10 sssd-sudo.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-sudo"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:17
msgid "Configuring sudo with the SSSD back end"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes how to configure <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> "
"to work with <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> and how SSSD caches sudo rules."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:36
msgid "Configuring sudo to cooperate with SSSD"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:38
msgid ""
"To enable SSSD as a source for sudo rules, add <emphasis>sss</emphasis> to "
"the <emphasis>sudoers</emphasis> entry in <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>nsswitch.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:47
msgid ""
"For example, to configure sudo to first lookup rules in the standard "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudoers</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> file (which should contain rules that apply to "
"local users) and then in SSSD, the nsswitch.conf file should contain the "
"following line:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudoers: files sss\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:61
msgid ""
"More information about configuring the sudoers search order from the "
"nsswitch.conf file as well as information about the LDAP schema that is used "
"to store sudo rules in the directory can be found in <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sudoers.ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:70
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: in order to use netgroups or IPA hostgroups in "
"sudo rules, you also need to correctly set <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>nisdomainname</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> to your NIS domain name (which equals to IPA domain name when "
"using hostgroups)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:82
msgid "Configuring SSSD to fetch sudo rules"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:84
msgid ""
"All configuration that is needed on SSSD side is to extend the list of "
"<emphasis>services</emphasis> with \"sudo\" in [sssd] section of "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>. To speed up the LDAP lookups, you can also set "
"search base for sudo rules using <emphasis>ldap_sudo_search_base</emphasis> "
"option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:94
msgid ""
"The following example shows how to configure SSSD to download sudo rules "
"from an LDAP server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:99
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[sssd]\n"
"config_file_version = 2\n"
"services = nss, pam, sudo\n"
"domains = EXAMPLE\n"
"\n"
"[domain/EXAMPLE]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"sudo_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://example.com\n"
"ldap_sudo_search_base = ou=sudoers,dc=example,dc=com\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:112
msgid ""
"When the SSSD is configured to use IPA as the ID provider, the sudo provider "
"is automatically enabled. The sudo search base is configured to use the "
"compat tree (ou=sudoers,$DC)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:119
msgid "The SUDO rule caching mechanism"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:121
msgid ""
"The biggest challenge, when developing sudo support in SSSD, was to ensure "
"that running sudo with SSSD as the data source provides the same user "
"experience and is as fast as sudo but keeps providing the most current set "
"of rules as possible. To satisfy these requirements, SSSD uses three kinds "
"of updates. They are referred to as full refresh, smart refresh and rules "
"refresh."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:129
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>smart refresh</emphasis> periodically downloads rules that are "
"new or were modified after the last update. Its primary goal is to keep the "
"database growing by fetching only small increments that do not generate "
"large amounts of network traffic."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:135
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>full refresh</emphasis> simply deletes all sudo rules stored "
"in the cache and replaces them with all rules that are stored on the server. "
"This is used to keep the cache consistent by removing every rule which was "
"deleted from the server. However, full refresh may produce a lot of traffic "
"and thus it should be run only occasionally depending on the size and "
"stability of the sudo rules."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:143
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>rules refresh</emphasis> ensures that we do not grant the user "
"more permission than defined. It is triggered each time the user runs sudo. "
"Rules refresh will find all rules that apply to this user, check their "
"expiration time and redownload them if expired. In the case that any of "
"these rules are missing on the server, the SSSD will do an out of band full "
"refresh because more rules (that apply to other users) may have been deleted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:152
msgid ""
"If enabled, SSSD will store only rules that can be applied to this machine. "
"This means rules that contain one of the following values in "
"<emphasis>sudoHost</emphasis> attribute:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:159
msgid "keyword ALL"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:164
msgid "wildcard"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:169
msgid "netgroup (in the form \"+netgroup\")"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:174
msgid "hostname or fully qualified domain name of this machine"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:179
msgid "one of the IP addresses of this machine"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:184
msgid "one of the IP addresses of the network (in the form \"address/mask\")"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:190
msgid ""
"There are many configuration options that can be used to adjust the "
"behavior. Please refer to \"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> and \"sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd.8.xml:10 sssd.8.xml:15
msgid "sssd"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd.8.xml:16
msgid "System Security Services Daemon"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sssd.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sssd</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:31
msgid ""
"<command>SSSD</command> provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote "
"directories and authentication mechanisms. It provides an NSS and PAM "
"interface toward the system and a pluggable backend system to connect to "
"multiple different account sources as well as D-Bus interface. It is also "
"the basis to provide client auditing and policy services for projects like "
"FreeIPA. It provides a more robust database to store local users as well as "
"extended user data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:46
msgid ""
"<option>-d</option>,<option>--debug-level</option> <replaceable>LEVEL</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:53
msgid "<option>--debug-timestamps=</option><replaceable>mode</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:57
msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:60
msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: Disable timestamp in the debug messages"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:69
msgid "<option>--debug-microseconds=</option><replaceable>mode</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:73
msgid ""
"<emphasis>1</emphasis>: Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:76
msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: Disable microseconds in timestamp"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:85
msgid "<option>-f</option>,<option>--debug-to-files</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:89
msgid ""
"Send the debug output to files instead of stderr. By default, the log files "
"are stored in <filename>/var/log/sssd</filename> and there are separate log "
"files for every SSSD service and domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:97
msgid "<option>-D</option>,<option>--daemon</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:101
msgid "Become a daemon after starting up."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:107 sss_seed.8.xml:136
msgid "<option>-i</option>,<option>--interactive</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:111
msgid "Run in the foreground, don't become a daemon."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:117 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:42
msgid "<option>-c</option>,<option>--config</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:121 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:46
msgid ""
"Specify a non-default config file. The default is <filename>/etc/sssd/sssd."
"conf</filename>. For reference on the config file syntax and options, "
"consult the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:135
msgid "<option>--version</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:139
msgid "Print version number and exit."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.8.xml:147
msgid "Signals"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:150
msgid "SIGTERM/SIGINT"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:153
msgid ""
"Informs the SSSD to gracefully terminate all of its child processes and then "
"shut down the monitor."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:159
msgid "SIGHUP"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:162
msgid ""
"Tells the SSSD to stop writing to its current debug file descriptors and to "
"close and reopen them. This is meant to facilitate log rolling with programs "
"like logrotate."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:170
msgid "SIGUSR1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:173
msgid ""
"Tells the SSSD to simulate offline operation for the duration of the "
"<quote>offline_timeout</quote> parameter. This is useful for testing. The "
"signal can be sent to either the sssd process or any sssd_be process "
"directly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:182
msgid "SIGUSR2"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:185
msgid ""
"Tells the SSSD to go online immediately. This is useful for testing. The "
"signal can be sent to either the sssd process or any sssd_be process "
"directly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:197
msgid ""
"If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", client "
"applications will not use the fast in memory cache."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:10 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_obfuscate"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:16
msgid "obfuscate a clear text password"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_obfuscate</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>[PASSWORD]</"
"replaceable></arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_obfuscate</command> converts a given password into human-"
"unreadable format and places it into appropriate domain section of the SSSD "
"config file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:37
msgid ""
"The cleartext password is read from standard input or entered "
"interactively. The obfuscated password is put into "
"<quote>ldap_default_authtok</quote> parameter of a given SSSD domain and the "
"<quote>ldap_default_authtok_type</quote> parameter is set to "
"<quote>obfuscated_password</quote>. Refer to <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more details on these parameters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:49
msgid ""
"Please note that obfuscating the password provides <emphasis>no real "
"security benefit</emphasis> as it is still possible for an attacker to "
"reverse-engineer the password back. Using better authentication mechanisms "
"such as client side certificates or GSSAPI is <emphasis>strongly</emphasis> "
"advised."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:63
msgid "<option>-s</option>,<option>--stdin</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:67
msgid "The password to obfuscate will be read from standard input."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
msgid ""
"<option>-d</option>,<option>--domain</option> <replaceable>DOMAIN</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:79
msgid ""
"The SSSD domain to use the password in. The default name is <quote>default</"
"quote>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:86
msgid ""
"<option>-f</option>,<option>--file</option> <replaceable>FILE</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:91
msgid "Read the config file specified by the positional parameter."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:95
msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_override.8.xml:10 sss_override.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_override"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_override.8.xml:16
msgid "create local overrides of user and group attributes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_override.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_override</command> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>COMMAND</"
"replaceable></arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</replaceable> </"
"arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_override</command> enables to create a client-side view and "
"allows to change selected values of specific user and groups. This change "
"takes effect only on local machine."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:37
msgid ""
"Overrides data are stored in the SSSD cache. If the cache is deleted, all "
"local overrides are lost. Please note that after the first override is "
"created using any of the following <emphasis>user-add</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>group-add</emphasis>, <emphasis>user-import</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>group-import</emphasis> command. SSSD needs to be restarted to "
"take effect. <emphasis>sss_override</emphasis> prints message when a "
"restart is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_override.8.xml:50
msgid "AVAILABLE COMMANDS"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:52
msgid ""
"Argument <emphasis>NAME</emphasis> is the name of original object in all "
"commands. It is not possible to override <emphasis>uid</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>gid</emphasis> to 0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:59
msgid ""
"<option>user-add</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis> <optional><option>-n,--"
"name</option> NAME</optional> <optional><option>-u,--uid</option> UID</"
"optional> <optional><option>-g,--gid</option> GID</optional> "
"<optional><option>-h,--home</option> HOME</optional> <optional><option>-s,--"
"shell</option> SHELL</optional> <optional><option>-c,--gecos</option> GECOS</"
"optional> <optional><option>-x,--certificate</option> BASE64 ENCODED "
"CERTIFICATE</optional>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:72
msgid ""
"Override attributes of an user. Please be aware that calling this command "
"will replace any previous override for the (NAMEd) user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:80
msgid "<option>user-del</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:85
msgid ""
"Remove user overrides. However be aware that overridden attributes might be "
"returned from memory cache. Please see SSSD option "
"<emphasis>memcache_timeout</emphasis> for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:94
msgid ""
"<option>user-find</option> <optional><option>-d,--domain</option> DOMAIN</"
"optional>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:99
msgid ""
"List all users with set overrides. If <emphasis>DOMAIN</emphasis> parameter "
"is set, only users from the domain are listed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:107
msgid "<option>user-show</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:112
msgid "Show user overrides."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:118
msgid "<option>user-import</option> <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:123
msgid ""
"Import user overrides from <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>. Data format is "
"similar to standard passwd file. The format is:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:128
msgid "original_name:name:uid:gid:gecos:home:shell:base64_encoded_certificate"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:131
msgid ""
"where original_name is original name of the user whose attributes should be "
"overridden. The rest of fields correspond to new values. You can omit a "
"value simply by leaving corresponding field empty."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:140
msgid "ckent:superman::::::"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:143
msgid "ckent@krypton.com::501:501:Superman:/home/earth:/bin/bash:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:149
msgid "<option>user-export</option> <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:154
msgid ""
"Export all overridden attributes and store them in <emphasis>FILE</"
"emphasis>. See <emphasis>user-import</emphasis> for data format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:162
msgid ""
"<option>group-add</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis> <optional><option>-n,--"
"name</option> NAME</optional> <optional><option>-g,--gid</option> GID</"
"optional>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:169
msgid ""
"Override attributes of a group. Please be aware that calling this command "
"will replace any previous override for the (NAMEd) group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:177
msgid "<option>group-del</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:182
msgid ""
"Remove group overrides. However be aware that overridden attributes might be "
"returned from memory cache. Please see SSSD option "
"<emphasis>memcache_timeout</emphasis> for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:191
msgid ""
"<option>group-find</option> <optional><option>-d,--domain</option> DOMAIN</"
"optional>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:196
msgid ""
"List all groups with set overrides. If <emphasis>DOMAIN</emphasis> "
"parameter is set, only groups from the domain are listed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:204
msgid "<option>group-show</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:209
msgid "Show group overrides."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:215
msgid "<option>group-import</option> <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:220
msgid ""
"Import group overrides from <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>. Data format is "
"similar to standard group file. The format is:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:225
msgid "original_name:name:gid"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:228
msgid ""
"where original_name is original name of the group whose attributes should be "
"overridden. The rest of fields correspond to new values. You can omit a "
"value simply by leaving corresponding field empty."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:237
msgid "admins:administrators:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:240
msgid "Domain Users:Users:501"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:246
msgid "<option>group-export</option> <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:251
msgid ""
"Export all overridden attributes and store them in <emphasis>FILE</"
"emphasis>. See <emphasis>group-import</emphasis> for data format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_override.8.xml:261
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "OPTIONS"
msgid "COMMON OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPÇÕES"
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:263
msgid "Those options are available with all commands."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:268
msgid "<option>--debug</option> <replaceable>LEVEL</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:10 sss_useradd.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_useradd"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:16
msgid "create a new user"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_useradd</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable></"
"arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_useradd</command> creates a new user account using the values "
"specified on the command line plus the default values from the system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:43 sss_seed.8.xml:76
msgid ""
"<option>-u</option>,<option>--uid</option> <replaceable>UID</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:48
msgid ""
"Set the UID of the user to the value of <replaceable>UID</replaceable>. If "
"not given, it is chosen automatically."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
msgid ""
"<option>-c</option>,<option>--gecos</option> <replaceable>COMMENT</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Any text string describing the user. Often used as the field for the user's "
"full name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
msgid ""
"<option>-h</option>,<option>--home</option> <replaceable>HOME_DIR</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:72
msgid ""
"The home directory of the user account. The default is to append the "
"<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> name to <filename>/home</filename> and use "
"that as the home directory. The base that is prepended before "
"<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> is tunable with <quote>user_defaults/"
"baseDirectory</quote> setting in sssd.conf."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
msgid ""
"<option>-s</option>,<option>--shell</option> <replaceable>SHELL</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:87
msgid ""
"The user's login shell. The default is currently <filename>/bin/bash</"
"filename>. The default can be changed with <quote>user_defaults/"
"defaultShell</quote> setting in sssd.conf."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:96
msgid ""
"<option>-G</option>,<option>--groups</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:101
msgid "A list of existing groups this user is also a member of."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:107
msgid "<option>-m</option>,<option>--create-home</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:111
msgid ""
"Create the user's home directory if it does not exist. The files and "
"directories contained in the skeleton directory (which can be defined with "
"the -k option or in the config file) will be copied to the home directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:121
msgid "<option>-M</option>,<option>--no-create-home</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:125
msgid ""
"Do not create the user's home directory. Overrides configuration settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:132
msgid ""
"<option>-k</option>,<option>--skel</option> <replaceable>SKELDIR</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:137
msgid ""
"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
"<command>sss_useradd</command>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:143
msgid ""
"Special files (block devices, character devices, named pipes and unix "
"sockets) will not be copied."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:147
msgid ""
"This option is only valid if the <option>-m</option> (or <option>--create-"
"home</option>) option is specified, or creation of home directories is set "
"to TRUE in the configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:156 sss_usermod.8.xml:124
msgid ""
"<option>-Z</option>,<option>--selinux-user</option> "
"<replaceable>SELINUX_USER</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_useradd.8.xml:161
msgid ""
"The SELinux user for the user's login. If not specified, the system default "
"will be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:10 sssd-krb5.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-krb5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD Kerberos provider"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the Kerberos 5 "
"authentication backend for <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>. For a detailed "
"syntax reference, please refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of "
"the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:36
msgid ""
"The Kerberos 5 authentication backend contains auth and chpass providers. It "
"must be paired with an identity provider in order to function properly (for "
"example, id_provider = ldap). Some information required by the Kerberos 5 "
"authentication backend must be provided by the identity provider, such as "
"the user's Kerberos Principal Name (UPN). The configuration of the identity "
"provider should have an entry to specify the UPN. Please refer to the man "
"page for the applicable identity provider for details on how to configure "
"this."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:47
msgid ""
"This backend also provides access control based on the .k5login file in the "
"home directory of the user. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>.k5login</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more details. "
"Please note that an empty .k5login file will deny all access to this user. "
"To activate this feature, use 'access_provider = krb5' in your SSSD "
"configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:55
msgid ""
"In the case where the UPN is not available in the identity backend, "
"<command>sssd</command> will construct a UPN using the format "
"<replaceable>username</replaceable>@<replaceable>krb5_realm</replaceable>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:77
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference. "
"For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
"<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. An optional port number (preceded by a "
"colon) may be appended to the addresses or hostnames. If empty, service "
"discovery is enabled; for more information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE "
"DISCOVERY</quote> section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:106
msgid ""
"The name of the Kerberos realm. This option is required and must be "
"specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:113
msgid "krb5_kpasswd, krb5_backup_kpasswd (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:116
msgid ""
"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative "
"servers can be defined here. An optional port number (preceded by a colon) "
"may be appended to the addresses or hostnames."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:122
msgid ""
"For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
"<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. NOTE: Even if there are no more kpasswd "
"servers to try, the backend is not switched to operate offline if "
"authentication against the KDC is still possible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:129
msgid "Default: Use the KDC"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:135
msgid "krb5_ccachedir (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:138
msgid ""
"Directory to store credential caches. All the substitution sequences of "
"krb5_ccname_template can be used here, too, except %d and %P. The directory "
"is created as private and owned by the user, with permissions set to 0700."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:145
msgid "Default: /tmp"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:151
msgid "krb5_ccname_template (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:165 include/override_homedir.xml:11
msgid "%u"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:166 include/override_homedir.xml:12
msgid "login name"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:169 include/override_homedir.xml:15
msgid "%U"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:170
msgid "login UID"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:173
msgid "%p"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:174
msgid "principal name"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:178
msgid "%r"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:179
msgid "realm name"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:182
msgid "%h"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:183 sssd-ifp.5.xml:108
msgid "home directory"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:187 include/override_homedir.xml:19
msgid "%d"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:188
msgid "value of krb5_ccachedir"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:193 include/override_homedir.xml:27
msgid "%P"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:194
msgid "the process ID of the SSSD client"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:199 include/override_homedir.xml:45
msgid "%%"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:200 include/override_homedir.xml:46
msgid "a literal '%'"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:154
msgid ""
"Location of the user's credential cache. Three credential cache types are "
"currently supported: <quote>FILE</quote>, <quote>DIR</quote> and "
"<quote>KEYRING:persistent</quote>. The cache can be specified either as "
"<replaceable>TYPE:RESIDUAL</replaceable>, or as an absolute path, which "
"implies the <quote>FILE</quote> type. In the template, the following "
"sequences are substituted: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> If "
"the template ends with 'XXXXXX' mkstemp(3) is used to create a unique "
"filename in a safe way."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:208
msgid ""
"When using KEYRING types, the only supported mechanism is <quote>KEYRING:"
"persistent:%U</quote>, which uses the Linux kernel keyring to store "
"credentials on a per-UID basis. This is also the recommended choice, as it "
"is the most secure and predictable method."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:216
msgid ""
"The default value for the credential cache name is sourced from the profile "
"stored in the system wide krb5.conf configuration file in the [libdefaults] "
"section. The option name is default_ccache_name. See krb5.conf(5)'s "
"PARAMETER EXPANSION paragraph for additional information on the expansion "
"format defined by krb5.conf."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:225
msgid ""
"NOTE: Please be aware that libkrb5 ccache expansion template from "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> uses different expansion sequences than SSSD."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:234
msgid "Default: (from libkrb5)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:240
msgid "krb5_auth_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:243
msgid ""
"Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password "
"request is aborted. If possible, the authentication request is continued "
"offline."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:257
msgid ""
"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been "
"spoofed. The keytab is checked for entries sequentially, and the first entry "
"with a matching realm is used for validation. If no entry matches the realm, "
"the last entry in the keytab is used. This process can be used to validate "
"environments using cross-realm trust by placing the appropriate keytab entry "
"as the last entry or the only entry in the keytab file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:272
msgid "krb5_keytab (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:275
msgid ""
"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from "
"KDCs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:279
msgid "Default: /etc/krb5.keytab"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:285
msgid "krb5_store_password_if_offline (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:288
msgid ""
"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to "
"request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:293
msgid ""
"NOTE: this feature is only available on Linux. Passwords stored in this way "
"are kept in plaintext in the kernel keyring and are potentially accessible "
"by the root user (with difficulty)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:306
msgid "krb5_renewable_lifetime (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:309
msgid ""
"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer "
"immediately followed by a time unit:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis>s</emphasis> for seconds"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis>m</emphasis> for minutes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis>h</emphasis> for hours"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis>d</emphasis> for days."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:326 sssd-krb5.5.xml:397
msgid "If there is no unit given, <emphasis>s</emphasis> is assumed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:330 sssd-krb5.5.xml:401
msgid ""
"NOTE: It is not possible to mix units. To set the renewable lifetime to one "
"and a half hours, use '90m' instead of '1h30m'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:335
msgid "Default: not set, i.e. the TGT is not renewable"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:341
msgid "krb5_lifetime (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:344
msgid ""
"Request ticket with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by "
"a time unit:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:360
msgid "If there is no unit given <emphasis>s</emphasis> is assumed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:364
msgid ""
"NOTE: It is not possible to mix units. To set the lifetime to one and a "
"half hours please use '90m' instead of '1h30m'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:369
msgid ""
"Default: not set, i.e. the default ticket lifetime configured on the KDC."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:376
msgid "krb5_renew_interval (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:379
msgid ""
"The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed. TGTs "
"are renewed if about half of their lifetime is exceeded, given as an integer "
"immediately followed by a time unit:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:406
msgid "If this option is not set or is 0 the automatic renewal is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:424
msgid ""
"<emphasis>never</emphasis> use FAST. This is equivalent to not setting this "
"option at all."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:428
msgid ""
"<emphasis>try</emphasis> to use FAST. If the server does not support FAST, "
"continue the authentication without it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:438
msgid "Default: not set, i.e. FAST is not used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:441
msgid "NOTE: a keytab is required to use FAST."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:453
msgid "krb5_fast_principal (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:456
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:465
msgid ""
"Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized. This "
"feature is available with MIT Kerberos 1.7 and later versions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:514
msgid "Default: false (AD provider: true)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:520
msgid "krb5_map_user (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:523
msgid ""
"The list of mappings is given as a comma-separated list of pairs "
"<quote>username:primary</quote> where <quote>username</quote> is a UNIX user "
"name and <quote>primary</quote> is a user part of a kerberos principal. This "
"mapping is used when user is authenticating using <quote>auth_provider = "
"krb5</quote>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"krb5_realm = REALM\n"
"krb5_map_user = joe:juser,dick:richard\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:540
msgid ""
"<quote>joe</quote> and <quote>dick</quote> are UNIX user names and "
"<quote>juser</quote> and <quote>richard</quote> are primaries of kerberos "
"principals. For user <quote>joe</quote> resp. <quote>dick</quote> SSSD will "
"try to kinit as <quote>juser@REALM</quote> resp. <quote>richard@REALM</"
"quote>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:65
msgid ""
"If the auth-module krb5 is used in an SSSD domain, the following options "
"must be used. See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page, section "
"<quote>DOMAIN SECTIONS</quote>, for details on the configuration of an SSSD "
"domain. <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:566
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and FOO is "
"one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. This "
"example shows only configuration of Kerberos authentication; it does not "
"include any identity provider."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:574
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/FOO]\n"
"auth_provider = krb5\n"
"krb5_server = 192.168.1.1\n"
"krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_groupadd.8.xml:10 sss_groupadd.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_groupadd"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_groupadd.8.xml:16
msgid "create a new group"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_groupadd.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_groupadd</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
"arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_groupadd.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_groupadd</command> creates a new group. These groups are "
"compatible with POSIX groups, with the additional feature that they can "
"contain other groups as members."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_groupadd.8.xml:43 sss_seed.8.xml:88
msgid ""
"<option>-g</option>,<option>--gid</option> <replaceable>GID</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_groupadd.8.xml:48
msgid ""
"Set the GID of the group to the value of <replaceable>GID</replaceable>. If "
"not given, it is chosen automatically."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_userdel.8.xml:10 sss_userdel.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_userdel"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_userdel.8.xml:16
msgid "delete a user account"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_userdel.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_userdel</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable></"
"arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_userdel.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_userdel</command> deletes a user identified by login name "
"<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> from the system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_userdel.8.xml:44
msgid "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_userdel.8.xml:48
msgid ""
"Files in the user's home directory will be removed along with the home "
"directory itself and the user's mail spool. Overrides the configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_userdel.8.xml:56
msgid "<option>-R</option>,<option>--no-remove</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_userdel.8.xml:60
msgid ""
"Files in the user's home directory will NOT be removed along with the home "
"directory itself and the user's mail spool. Overrides the configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_userdel.8.xml:68
msgid "<option>-f</option>,<option>--force</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_userdel.8.xml:72
msgid ""
"This option forces <command>sss_userdel</command> to remove the user's home "
"directory and mail spool, even if they are not owned by the specified user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_userdel.8.xml:80
msgid "<option>-k</option>,<option>--kick</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_userdel.8.xml:84
msgid "Before actually deleting the user, terminate all his processes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_groupdel.8.xml:10 sss_groupdel.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_groupdel"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_groupdel.8.xml:16
msgid "delete a group"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_groupdel.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_groupdel</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
"arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_groupdel.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_groupdel</command> deletes a group identified by its name "
"<replaceable>GROUP</replaceable> from the system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_groupshow.8.xml:10 sss_groupshow.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_groupshow"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_groupshow.8.xml:16
msgid "print properties of a group"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_groupshow.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_groupshow</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
"arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_groupshow.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_groupshow</command> displays information about a group "
"identified by its name <replaceable>GROUP</replaceable>. The information "
"includes the group ID number, members of the group and the parent group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_groupshow.8.xml:43
msgid "<option>-R</option>,<option>--recursive</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_groupshow.8.xml:47
msgid ""
"Also print indirect group members in a tree-like hierarchy. Note that this "
"also affects printing parent groups - without <option>R</option>, only the "
"direct parent will be printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:10 sss_usermod.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_usermod"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:16
msgid "modify a user account"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_usermod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable></"
"arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_usermod</command> modifies the account specified by "
"<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> to reflect the changes that are specified "
"on the command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:60
msgid "The home directory of the user account."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:71
msgid "The user's login shell."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:82
msgid ""
"Append this user to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
"replaceable> parameter. The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter is "
"a comma separated list of group names."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:96
msgid ""
"Remove this user from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
"replaceable> parameter."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:103
msgid "<option>-l</option>,<option>--lock</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:107
msgid "Lock the user account. The user won't be able to log in."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:114
msgid "<option>-u</option>,<option>--unlock</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:118
msgid "Unlock the user account."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:129
msgid "The SELinux user for the user's login."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:135
msgid "<option>--addattr</option> <replaceable>ATTR_NAME_VAL</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:140
msgid "Add an attribute/value pair. The format is attrname=value."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:147
msgid "<option>--setattr</option> <replaceable>ATTR_NAME_VAL</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:152
msgid ""
"Set an attribute to a name/value pair. The format is attrname=value. For "
"multi-valued attributes, the command replaces the values already present"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:160
msgid "<option>--delattr</option> <replaceable>ATTR_NAME_VAL</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_usermod.8.xml:165
msgid "Delete an attribute/value pair. The format is attrname=value."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:10 sss_cache.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_cache"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:16
msgid "perform cache cleanup"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_cache</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:31
msgid ""
"<command>sss_cache</command> invalidates records in SSSD cache. Invalidated "
"records are forced to be reloaded from server as soon as related SSSD "
"backend is online."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:42
msgid "<option>-E</option>,<option>--everything</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:46
msgid "Invalidate all cached entries except for sudo rules."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:52
msgid ""
"<option>-u</option>,<option>--user</option> <replaceable>login</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:57
msgid "Invalidate specific user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:63
msgid "<option>-U</option>,<option>--users</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:67
msgid ""
"Invalidate all user records. This option overrides invalidation of specific "
"user if it was also set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:74
msgid ""
"<option>-g</option>,<option>--group</option> <replaceable>group</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:79
msgid "Invalidate specific group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:85
msgid "<option>-G</option>,<option>--groups</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:89
msgid ""
"Invalidate all group records. This option overrides invalidation of specific "
"group if it was also set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:96
msgid ""
"<option>-n</option>,<option>--netgroup</option> <replaceable>netgroup</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:101
msgid "Invalidate specific netgroup."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:107
msgid "<option>-N</option>,<option>--netgroups</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:111
msgid ""
"Invalidate all netgroup records. This option overrides invalidation of "
"specific netgroup if it was also set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:118
msgid ""
"<option>-s</option>,<option>--service</option> <replaceable>service</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:123
msgid "Invalidate specific service."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:129
msgid "<option>-S</option>,<option>--services</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:133
msgid ""
"Invalidate all service records. This option overrides invalidation of "
"specific service if it was also set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:140
msgid ""
"<option>-a</option>,<option>--autofs-map</option> <replaceable>autofs-map</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:145
msgid "Invalidate specific autofs maps."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:151
msgid "<option>-A</option>,<option>--autofs-maps</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:155
msgid ""
"Invalidate all autofs maps. This option overrides invalidation of specific "
"map if it was also set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:162
msgid ""
"<option>-h</option>,<option>--ssh-host</option> <replaceable>hostname</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:167
msgid "Invalidate SSH public keys of a specific host."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:173
msgid "<option>-H</option>,<option>--ssh-hosts</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:177
msgid ""
"Invalidate SSH public keys of all hosts. This option overrides invalidation "
"of SSH public keys of specific host if it was also set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:185
msgid ""
"<option>-r</option>,<option>--sudo-rule</option> <replaceable>rule</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:190
msgid "Invalidate particular sudo rule."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:196
msgid "<option>-R</option>,<option>--sudo-rules</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:200
msgid ""
"Invalidate all cached sudo rules. This option overrides invalidation of "
"specific sudo rule if it was also set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:208
msgid ""
"<option>-d</option>,<option>--domain</option> <replaceable>domain</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:213
msgid "Restrict invalidation process only to a particular domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:10 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_debuglevel"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:16
msgid "change debug level while SSSD is running"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_debuglevel</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>NEW_DEBUG_LEVEL</"
"replaceable></arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_debuglevel</command> changes debug level of SSSD monitor and "
"providers to <replaceable>NEW_DEBUG_LEVEL</replaceable> while SSSD is "
"running."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:59
msgid "<replaceable>NEW_DEBUG_LEVEL</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:10 sss_seed.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_seed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:16
msgid "seed the SSSD cache with a user"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_seed</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'>-D <replaceable>DOMAIN</"
"replaceable></arg> <arg choice='plain'>-n <replaceable>USER</replaceable></"
"arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:33
msgid ""
"<command>sss_seed</command> seeds the SSSD cache with a user entry and "
"temporary password. If a user entry is already present in the SSSD cache "
"then the entry is updated with the temporary password."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:46
msgid ""
"<option>-D</option>,<option>--domain</option> <replaceable>DOMAIN</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:51
msgid ""
"Provide the name of the domain in which the user is a member of. The domain "
"is also used to retrieve user information. The domain must be configured in "
"sssd.conf. The <replaceable>DOMAIN</replaceable> option must be provided. "
"Information retrieved from the domain overrides what is provided in the "
"options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:63
msgid ""
"<option>-n</option>,<option>--username</option> <replaceable>USER</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:68
msgid ""
"The username of the entry to be created or modified in the cache. The "
"<replaceable>USER</replaceable> option must be provided."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:81
msgid "Set the UID of the user to <replaceable>UID</replaceable>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:93
msgid "Set the GID of the user to <replaceable>GID</replaceable>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:117
msgid ""
"Set the home directory of the user to <replaceable>HOME_DIR</replaceable>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:129
msgid "Set the login shell of the user to <replaceable>SHELL</replaceable>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:140
msgid ""
"Interactive mode for entering user information. This option will only prompt "
"for information not provided in the options or retrieved from the domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:148
msgid ""
"<option>-p</option>,<option>--password-file</option> <replaceable>PASS_FILE</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:153
msgid ""
"Specify file to read user's password from. (if not specified password is "
"prompted for)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:165
msgid ""
"The length of the password (or the size of file specified with -p or --"
"password-file option) must be less than or equal to PASS_MAX bytes (64 bytes "
"on systems with no globally-defined PASS_MAX value)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:10 sssd-ifp.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-ifp"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD InfoPipe responder"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the InfoPipe responder for "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>. For a detailed syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE "
"FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:36
msgid ""
"The InfoPipe responder provides a public D-Bus interface accessible over the "
"system bus. The interface allows the user to query information about remote "
"users and groups over the system bus."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:46
msgid "These options can be used to configure the InfoPipe responder."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:53
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
"allowed to access the InfoPipe responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
"startup."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:59
msgid ""
"Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the InfoPipe responder)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:63
msgid ""
"Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
"overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
"access the InfoPipe responder, which would be the typical case, you have to "
"add 0 to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:77
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of white or blacklisted attributes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:91
msgid "name"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:92
msgid "user's login name"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:95
msgid "uidNumber"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:96
msgid "user ID"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:99
msgid "gidNumber"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:100
msgid "primary group ID"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:103
msgid "gecos"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:104
msgid "user information, typically full name"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:107
msgid "homeDirectory"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:111
msgid "loginShell"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:112
msgid "user shell"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:81
msgid ""
"By default, the InfoPipe responder only allows the default set of POSIX "
"attributes to be requested. This set is the same as returned by "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> and includes: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:125
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"user_attributes = +telephoneNumber, -loginShell\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:117
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another attribute to this set by using <quote>"
"+attr_name</quote> or explicitly remove an attribute using <quote>-"
"attr_name</quote>. For example, to allow <quote>telephoneNumber</quote> but "
"deny <quote>loginShell</quote>, you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:129
msgid "Default: not set. Only the default set of POSIX attributes is allowed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:139
msgid ""
"Specifies an upper limit on the number of entries that are downloaded during "
"a wildcard lookup that overrides caller-supplied limit."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:144
msgid "Default: 0 (let the caller set an upper limit)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refentryinfo>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:8
msgid ""
"<productname>sss rpc.idmapd plugin</productname> <author> <firstname>Noam</"
"firstname> <surname>Meltzer</surname> <affiliation> <orgname>Primary Data "
"Inc.</orgname> </affiliation> <contrib>Developer (2013-2014)</contrib> </"
"author> <author> <firstname>Noam</firstname> <surname>Meltzer</surname> "
"<contrib>Developer (2014-)</contrib> <email>tsnoam@gmail.com</email> </"
"author>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:26 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:32
msgid "sss_rpcidmapd"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:33
msgid "sss plugin configuration directives for rpc.idmapd"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:37
msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:39
msgid ""
"rpc.idmapd configuration file is usually found at <emphasis>/etc/idmapd."
"conf</emphasis>. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>idmapd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:49
msgid "SSS CONFIGURATION EXTENSION"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:51
msgid "Enable SSS plugin"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:53
msgid ""
"In section <quote>[Translation]</quote>, modify/set <quote>Method</quote> "
"attribute to contain <emphasis>sss</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:59
msgid "[sss] config section"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:61
msgid ""
"In order to change the default of one of the configuration attributes of the "
"<emphasis>sss</emphasis> plugin listed below you will need to create a "
"config section for it, named <quote>[sss]</quote>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:67
msgid "Configuration attributes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:69
msgid "memcache (bool)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:72
msgid "Indicates whether or not to use memcache optimisation technique."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:85
msgid "SSSD INTEGRATION"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:87
msgid ""
"The sss plugin requires the <emphasis>NSS Responder</emphasis> to be enabled "
"in sssd."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:91
msgid ""
"The attribute <quote>use_fully_qualified_names</quote> must be enabled on "
"all domains (NFSv4 clients expect a fully qualified name to be sent on the "
"wire)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:103
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[General]\n"
"Verbosity = 2\n"
"# domain must be synced between NFSv4 server and clients\n"
"# Solaris/Illumos/AIX use \"localdomain\" as default!\n"
"Domain = default\n"
"\n"
"[Mapping]\n"
"Nobody-User = nfsnobody\n"
"Nobody-Group = nfsnobody\n"
"\n"
"[Translation]\n"
"Method = sss\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:100
msgid ""
"The following example shows a minimal idmapd.conf which makes use of the sss "
"plugin. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:120 include/seealso.xml:2
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:122
msgid ""
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>idmapd.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
msgid "sss_ssh_authorizedkeys"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
msgid "1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
msgid "get OpenSSH authorized keys"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
msgid ""
"<command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> <arg choice='opt'> "
"<replaceable>options</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='plain'><replaceable>USER</replaceable></arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"<command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> acquires SSH public keys for user "
"<replaceable>USER</replaceable> and outputs them in OpenSSH authorized_keys "
"format (see the <quote>AUTHORIZED_KEYS FILE FORMAT</quote> section of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be configured to use <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
"command> for public key user authentication if it is compiled with support "
"for <quote>AuthorizedKeysCommand</quote> option. Please refer to the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sshd_config</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> man page for more details about this option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" AuthorizedKeysCommand /usr/bin/sss_ssh_authorizedkeys\n"
" AuthorizedKeysCommandUser nobody\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"If <quote>AuthorizedKeysCommand</quote> is supported, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be configured to use it by putting the following "
"directives in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sshd_config</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>: <placeholder type=\"programlisting"
"\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Search for user public keys in SSSD domain <replaceable>DOMAIN</replaceable>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"In case of success, an exit value of 0 is returned. Otherwise, 1 is returned."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
msgid "sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
msgid "get OpenSSH host keys"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
msgid ""
"<command>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</command> <arg choice='opt'> "
"<replaceable>options</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='plain'><replaceable>HOST</replaceable></arg> <arg "
"choice='opt'><replaceable>PROXY_COMMAND</replaceable></arg>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"<command>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</command> acquires SSH host public keys for "
"host <replaceable>HOST</replaceable>, stores them in a custom OpenSSH "
"known_hosts file (see the <quote>SSH_KNOWN_HOSTS FILE FORMAT</quote> section "
"of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information) <filename>/var/lib/sss/"
"pubconf/known_hosts</filename> and estabilishes connection to the host."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"If <replaceable>PROXY_COMMAND</replaceable> is specified, it is used to "
"create the connection to the host instead of opening a socket."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ProxyCommand /usr/bin/sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy -p %p %h\n"
"GlobalKnownHostsFile /var/lib/sss/pubconf/known_hosts\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be configured to use <command>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</"
"command> for host key authentication by using the following directives for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> configuration: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
msgid ""
"<option>-p</option>,<option>--port</option> <replaceable>PORT</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Use port <replaceable>PORT</replaceable> to connect to the host. By "
"default, port 22 is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Search for host public keys in SSSD domain <replaceable>DOMAIN</replaceable>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
msgid "SERVICE DISCOVERY"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"The service discovery feature allows back ends to automatically find the "
"appropriate servers to connect to using a special DNS query. This feature is "
"not supported for backup servers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
msgid ""
"If no servers are specified, the back end automatically uses service "
"discovery to try to find a server. Optionally, the user may choose to use "
"both fixed server addresses and service discovery by inserting a special "
"keyword, <quote>_srv_</quote>, in the list of servers. The order of "
"preference is maintained. This feature is useful if, for example, the user "
"prefers to use service discovery whenever possible, and fall back to a "
"specific server when no servers can be discovered using DNS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
msgid "The domain name"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
msgid ""
"Please refer to the <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> parameter in the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
msgid "The protocol"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
msgid ""
"The queries usually specify _tcp as the protocol. Exceptions are documented "
"in respective option description."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
msgid "See Also"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
msgid ""
"For more information on the service discovery mechanism, refer to RFC 2782."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
#: include/upstream.xml:1
msgid "<placeholder type=\"refentryinfo\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
#: include/failover.xml:2
msgid "FAILOVER"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/failover.xml:4
msgid ""
"The failover feature allows back ends to automatically switch to a different "
"server if the current server fails."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/failover.xml:8
msgid "Failover Syntax"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:10
msgid ""
"The list of servers is given as a comma-separated list; any number of spaces "
"is allowed around the comma. The servers are listed in order of preference. "
"The list can contain any number of servers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:16
msgid ""
"For each failover-enabled config option, two variants exist: "
"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> and <emphasis>backup</emphasis>. The idea is "
"that servers in the primary list are preferred and backup servers are only "
"searched if no primary servers can be reached. If a backup server is "
"selected, a timeout of 31 seconds is set. After this timeout SSSD will "
"periodically try to reconnect to one of the primary servers. If it succeeds, "
"it will replace the current active (backup) server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/failover.xml:27
msgid "The Failover Mechanism"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:29
msgid ""
"The failover mechanism distinguishes between a machine and a service. The "
"back end first tries to resolve the hostname of a given machine; if this "
"resolution attempt fails, the machine is considered offline. No further "
"attempts are made to connect to this machine for any other service. If the "
"resolution attempt succeeds, the back end tries to connect to a service on "
"this machine. If the service connection attempt fails, then only this "
"particular service is considered offline and the back end automatically "
"switches over to the next service. The machine is still considered online "
"and might still be tried for another service."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:42
msgid ""
"Further connection attempts are made to machines or services marked as "
"offline after a specified period of time; this is currently hard coded to 30 "
"seconds."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:47
msgid ""
"If there are no more machines to try, the back end as a whole switches to "
"offline mode, and then attempts to reconnect every 30 seconds."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
msgid "ID MAPPING"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"The ID-mapping feature allows SSSD to act as a client of Active Directory "
"without requiring administrators to extend user attributes to support POSIX "
"attributes for user and group identifiers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"NOTE: When ID-mapping is enabled, the uidNumber and gidNumber attributes are "
"ignored. This is to avoid the possibility of conflicts between automatically-"
"assigned and manually-assigned values. If you need to use manually-assigned "
"values, ALL values must be manually-assigned."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"Please note that changing the ID mapping related configuration options will "
"cause user and group IDs to change. At the moment, SSSD does not support "
"changing IDs, so the SSSD database must be removed. Because cached passwords "
"are also stored in the database, removing the database should only be "
"performed while the authentication servers are reachable, otherwise users "
"might get locked out. In order to cache the password, an authentication must "
"be performed. It is not sufficient to use <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> to remove the database, rather the process consists of:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Making sure the remote servers are reachable"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Stopping the SSSD service"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Removing the database"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Starting the SSSD service"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
msgid ""
"Moreover, as the change of IDs might necessitate the adjustment of other "
"system properties such as file and directory ownership, it's advisable to "
"plan ahead and test the ID mapping configuration thoroughly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
msgid "Mapping Algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
msgid ""
"Active Directory provides an objectSID for every user and group object in "
"the directory. This objectSID can be broken up into components that "
"represent the Active Directory domain identity and the relative identifier "
"(RID) of the user or group object."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
msgid ""
"The SSSD ID-mapping algorithm takes a range of available UIDs and divides it "
"into equally-sized component sections - called \"slices\"-. Each slice "
"represents the space available to an Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
msgid ""
"When a user or group entry for a particular domain is encountered for the "
"first time, the SSSD allocates one of the available slices for that domain. "
"In order to make this slice-assignment repeatable on different client "
"machines, we select the slice based on the following algorithm:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
msgid ""
"The SID string is passed through the murmurhash3 algorithm to convert it to "
"a 32-bit hashed value. We then take the modulus of this value with the total "
"number of available slices to pick the slice."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
msgid ""
"NOTE: It is possible to encounter collisions in the hash and subsequent "
"modulus. In these situations, we will select the next available slice, but "
"it may not be possible to reproduce the same exact set of slices on other "
"machines (since the order that they are encountered will determine their "
"slice). In this situation, it is recommended to either switch to using "
"explicit POSIX attributes in Active Directory (disabling ID-mapping) or "
"configure a default domain to guarantee that at least one is always "
"consistent. See <quote>Configuration</quote> for details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:101
msgid ""
"Minimum configuration (in the <quote>[domain/DOMAINNAME]</quote> section):"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:106
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ldap_id_mapping = True\n"
"ldap_schema = ad\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:111
msgid ""
"The default configuration results in configuring 10,000 slices, each capable "
"of holding up to 200,000 IDs, starting from 10,001 and going up to "
"2,000,100,000. This should be sufficient for most deployments."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><title>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:117
msgid "Advanced Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:120
msgid "ldap_idmap_range_min (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:123
msgid ""
"Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:127
msgid ""
"NOTE: This option is different from <quote>min_id</quote> in that "
"<quote>min_id</quote> acts to filter the output of requests to this domain, "
"whereas this option controls the range of ID assignment. This is a subtle "
"distinction, but the good general advice would be to have <quote>min_id</"
"quote> be less-than or equal to <quote>ldap_idmap_range_min</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "Default: 200000"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:142
msgid "ldap_idmap_range_max (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:145
msgid ""
"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:149
msgid ""
"NOTE: This option is different from <quote>max_id</quote> in that "
"<quote>max_id</quote> acts to filter the output of requests to this domain, "
"whereas this option controls the range of ID assignment. This is a subtle "
"distinction, but the good general advice would be to have <quote>max_id</"
"quote> be greater-than or equal to <quote>ldap_idmap_range_max</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:159
msgid "Default: 2000200000"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:164
msgid "ldap_idmap_range_size (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:167
msgid ""
"Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice. If the range size "
"does not divide evenly into the min and max values, it will create as many "
"complete slices as it can."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:173
msgid ""
"NOTE: The value of this option must be at least as large as the highest user "
"RID planned for use on the Active Directory server. User lookups and login "
"will fail for any user whose RID is greater than this value."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:179
msgid ""
"For example, if your most recently-added Active Directory user has "
"objectSid=S-1-5-21-2153326666-2176343378-3404031434-1107, "
"<quote>ldap_idmap_range_size</quote> must be at least 1108 as range size is "
"equal to maximal SID minus minimal SID plus one (e.g. 1108 = 1107 - 0 + 1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:186
msgid ""
"It is important to plan ahead for future expansion, as changing this value "
"will result in changing all of the ID mappings on the system, leading to "
"users with different local IDs than they previously had."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:196
msgid "ldap_idmap_default_domain_sid (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:199
msgid ""
"Specify the domain SID of the default domain. This will guarantee that this "
"domain will always be assigned to slice zero in the ID map, bypassing the "
"murmurhash algorithm described above."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:210
msgid "ldap_idmap_default_domain (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:213
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:221
msgid "ldap_idmap_autorid_compat (boolean)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:224
msgid ""
"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to "
"winbind's <quote>idmap_autorid</quote> algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:229
msgid ""
"When this option is configured, domains will be allocated starting with "
"slice zero and increasing monatomically with each additional domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:234
msgid ""
"NOTE: This algorithm is non-deterministic (it depends on the order that "
"users and groups are requested). If this mode is required for compatibility "
"with machines running winbind, it is recommended to also use the "
"<quote>ldap_idmap_default_domain_sid</quote> option to guarantee that at "
"least one domain is consistently allocated to slice zero."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:249
msgid "ldap_idmap_helper_table_size (integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:252
msgid ""
"Maximal number of secondary slices that is tried when performing mapping "
"from UNIX id to SID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:256
msgid ""
"Note: Additional secondary slices might be generated when SID is being "
"mapped to UNIX id and RID part of SID is out of range for secondary slices "
"generated so far. If value of ldap_idmap_helper_table_size is equal to 0 "
"then no additional secondary slices are generated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:273
msgid "Well-Known SIDs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:275
msgid ""
"SSSD supports to look up the names of Well-Known SIDs, i.e. SIDs with a "
"special hardcoded meaning. Since the generic users and groups related to "
"those Well-Known SIDs have no equivalent in a Linux/UNIX environment no "
"POSIX IDs are available for those objects."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:281
msgid ""
"The SID name space is organized in authorities which can be seen as "
"different domains. The authorities for the Well-Known SIDs are"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:284
msgid "Null Authority"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:285
msgid "World Authority"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:286
msgid "Local Authority"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:287
msgid "Creator Authority"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:288
msgid "NT Authority"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:289
msgid "Built-in"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:291
msgid ""
"The capitalized version of these names are used as domain names when "
"returning the fully qualified name of a Well-Known SID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:295
msgid ""
"Since some utilities allow to modify SID based access control information "
"with the help of a name instead of using the SID directly SSSD supports to "
"look up the SID by the name as well. To avoid collisions only the fully "
"qualified names can be used to look up Well-Known SIDs. As a result the "
"domain names <quote>NULL AUTHORITY</quote>, <quote>WORLD AUTHORITY</quote>, "
"<quote> LOCAL AUTHORITY</quote>, <quote>CREATOR AUTHORITY</quote>, <quote>NT "
"AUTHORITY</quote> and <quote>BUILTIN</quote> should not be used as domain "
"names in <filename>sssd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term>
msgid "<option>-?</option>,<option>--help</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "Display help message and exit."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term>
msgid "<option>-h</option>,<option>--help</option>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
msgid ""
"SSSD supports two representations for specifying the debug level. The "
"simplest is to specify a decimal value from 0-9, which represents enabling "
"that level and all lower-level debug messages. The more comprehensive option "
"is to specify a hexadecimal bitmask to enable or disable specific levels "
"(such as if you wish to suppress a level)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:10
msgid ""
"Please note that each SSSD service logs into its own log file. Also please "
"note that enabling <quote>debug_level</quote> in the <quote>[sssd]</quote> "
"section only enables debugging just for the sssd process itself, not for the "
"responder or provider processes. The <quote>debug_level</quote> parameter "
"should be added to all sections that you wish to produce debug logs from."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:18
msgid ""
"In addition to changing the log level in the config file using the "
"<quote>debug_level</quote> parameter, which is persistent, but requires SSSD "
"restart, it is also possible to change the debug level on the fly using the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_debuglevel</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> tool."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:29
msgid "Currently supported debug levels:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:32
msgid ""
"<emphasis>0</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0010</emphasis>: Fatal failures. "
"Anything that would prevent SSSD from starting up or causes it to cease "
"running."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:38
msgid ""
"<emphasis>1</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0020</emphasis>: Critical failures. An "
"error that doesn't kill the SSSD, but one that indicates that at least one "
"major feature is not going to work properly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:45
msgid ""
"<emphasis>2</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0040</emphasis>: Serious failures. An "
"error announcing that a particular request or operation has failed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:50
msgid ""
"<emphasis>3</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0080</emphasis>: Minor failures. These "
"are the errors that would percolate down to cause the operation failure of 2."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:55
msgid ""
"<emphasis>4</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0100</emphasis>: Configuration settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:59
msgid "<emphasis>5</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0200</emphasis>: Function data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:63
msgid ""
"<emphasis>6</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0400</emphasis>: Trace messages for "
"operation functions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:67
msgid ""
"<emphasis>7</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x1000</emphasis>: Trace messages for "
"internal control functions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:72
msgid ""
"<emphasis>8</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x2000</emphasis>: Contents of function-"
"internal variables that may be interesting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>9</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x4000</emphasis>: Extremely low-level "
"tracing information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:81
msgid ""
"To log required bitmask debug levels, simply add their numbers together as "
"shown in following examples:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:85
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Example</emphasis>: To log fatal failures, critical failures, "
"serious failures and function data use 0x0270."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:89
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Example</emphasis>: To log fatal failures, configuration settings, "
"function data, trace messages for internal control functions use 0x1310."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:94
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: The bitmask format of debug levels was introduced "
"in 1.7.0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:98
msgid "<emphasis>Default</emphasis>: 0"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
msgid ""
"<emphasis> This is an experimental feature, please use http://fedorahosted."
"org/sssd to report any issues. </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
#: include/local.xml:2
msgid "THE LOCAL DOMAIN"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/local.xml:4
msgid ""
"In order to function correctly, a domain with <quote>id_provider=local</"
"quote> must be created and the SSSD must be running."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/local.xml:9
msgid ""
"The administrator might want to use the SSSD local users instead of "
"traditional UNIX users in cases where the group nesting (see <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_groupadd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>) is needed. The local users are also useful for testing and "
"development of the SSSD without having to deploy a full remote server. The "
"<command>sss_user*</command> and <command>sss_group*</command> tools use a "
"local LDB storage to store users and groups."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/seealso.xml:4
msgid ""
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\"> <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, </phrase> <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_cache</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_debuglevel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_groupadd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_groupshow</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_usermod</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_seed</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <phrase condition=\"with_ssh\"> <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>, </phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\"> "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>, </phrase> <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>pam_sss</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>. <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_rpcidmapd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
msgid ""
"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches "
"for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para><programlisting>
#, no-wrap
msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
msgid "syntax: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\". The scope "
"functions as specified in section 4.5.1.2 of http://tools.ietf.org/html/"
"rfc4511"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
msgid ""
"For examples of this syntax, please refer to the <quote>ldap_search_base</"
"quote> examples section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Please note that specifying scope or filter is not supported for searches "
"against an Active Directory Server that might yield a large number of "
"results and trigger the Range Retrieval extension in the response."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <para>
msgid ""
"Please note that the automounter only reads the master map on startup, so if "
"any autofs-related changes are made to the sssd.conf, you typically also "
"need to restart the automounter daemon after restarting the SSSD."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term>
msgid "override_homedir (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "UID number"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "domain name"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
msgid "%f"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "fully qualified user name (user@domain)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "UPN - User Principal Name (name@REALM)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
msgid "%o"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "The original home directory retrieved from the identity provider."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
msgid "%H"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "The value of configure option <emphasis>homedir_substring</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value "
"or a template. In the template, the following sequences are substituted: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "This option can also be set per-domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"override_homedir = /home/%u\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "Default: Not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term>
msgid "homedir_substring (string)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The value of this option will be used in the expansion of the "
"<emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option if the template contains the "
"format string <emphasis>%H</emphasis>. An LDAP directory entry can directly "
"contain this template so that this option can be used to expand the home "
"directory path for each client machine (or operating system). It can be set "
"per-domain or globally in the [nss] section. A value specified in a domain "
"section will override one set in the [nss] section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
msgid "Default: /home"
msgstr ""